docs: add original stlink (STLINK-V1) usage note
[openocd.git] / doc / openocd.texi
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @c %**start of header
3 @setfilename openocd.info
4 @settitle OpenOCD User's Guide
5 @dircategory Development
6 @direntry
7 * OpenOCD: (openocd). OpenOCD User's Guide
8 @end direntry
9 @paragraphindent 0
10 @c %**end of header
11
12 @include version.texi
13
14 @copying
15
16 This User's Guide documents
17 release @value{VERSION},
18 dated @value{UPDATED},
19 of the Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD).
20
21 @itemize @bullet
22 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 The OpenOCD Project
23 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2007-2008 Spencer Oliver @email{spen@@spen-soft.co.uk}
24 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008-2010 Oyvind Harboe @email{oyvind.harboe@@zylin.com}
25 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2008 Duane Ellis @email{openocd@@duaneellis.com}
26 @item Copyright @copyright{} 2009-2010 David Brownell
27 @end itemize
28
29 @quotation
30 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
31 under the terms of the GNU Free Documentation License, Version 1.2 or
32 any later version published by the Free Software Foundation; with no
33 Invariant Sections, with no Front-Cover Texts, and with no Back-Cover
34 Texts. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled ``GNU
35 Free Documentation License''.
36 @end quotation
37 @end copying
38
39 @titlepage
40 @titlefont{@emph{Open On-Chip Debugger:}}
41 @sp 1
42 @title OpenOCD User's Guide
43 @subtitle for release @value{VERSION}
44 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}
45
46 @page
47 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
48 @insertcopying
49 @end titlepage
50
51 @summarycontents
52 @contents
53
54 @ifnottex
55 @node Top
56 @top OpenOCD User's Guide
57
58 @insertcopying
59 @end ifnottex
60
61 @menu
62 * About:: About OpenOCD
63 * Developers:: OpenOCD Developer Resources
64 * Debug Adapter Hardware:: Debug Adapter Hardware
65 * About Jim-Tcl:: About Jim-Tcl
66 * Running:: Running OpenOCD
67 * OpenOCD Project Setup:: OpenOCD Project Setup
68 * Config File Guidelines:: Config File Guidelines
69 * Daemon Configuration:: Daemon Configuration
70 * Debug Adapter Configuration:: Debug Adapter Configuration
71 * Reset Configuration:: Reset Configuration
72 * TAP Declaration:: TAP Declaration
73 * CPU Configuration:: CPU Configuration
74 * Flash Commands:: Flash Commands
75 * NAND Flash Commands:: NAND Flash Commands
76 * PLD/FPGA Commands:: PLD/FPGA Commands
77 * General Commands:: General Commands
78 * Architecture and Core Commands:: Architecture and Core Commands
79 * JTAG Commands:: JTAG Commands
80 * Boundary Scan Commands:: Boundary Scan Commands
81 * TFTP:: TFTP
82 * GDB and OpenOCD:: Using GDB and OpenOCD
83 * Tcl Scripting API:: Tcl Scripting API
84 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
85 * Tcl Crash Course:: Tcl Crash Course
86 * License:: GNU Free Documentation License
87
88 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
89 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
90 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
91 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
92 * OpenOCD Concept Index:: Concept Index
93 * Command and Driver Index:: Command and Driver Index
94 @end menu
95
96 @node About
97 @unnumbered About
98 @cindex about
99
100 OpenOCD was created by Dominic Rath as part of a diploma thesis written at the
101 University of Applied Sciences Augsburg (@uref{http://www.fh-augsburg.de}).
102 Since that time, the project has grown into an active open-source project,
103 supported by a diverse community of software and hardware developers from
104 around the world.
105
106 @section What is OpenOCD?
107 @cindex TAP
108 @cindex JTAG
109
110 The Open On-Chip Debugger (OpenOCD) aims to provide debugging,
111 in-system programming and boundary-scan testing for embedded target
112 devices.
113
114 It does so with the assistance of a @dfn{debug adapter}, which is
115 a small hardware module which helps provide the right kind of
116 electrical signaling to the target being debugged. These are
117 required since the debug host (on which OpenOCD runs) won't
118 usually have native support for such signaling, or the connector
119 needed to hook up to the target.
120
121 Such debug adapters support one or more @dfn{transport} protocols,
122 each of which involves different electrical signaling (and uses
123 different messaging protocols on top of that signaling). There
124 are many types of debug adapter, and little uniformity in what
125 they are called. (There are also product naming differences.)
126
127 These adapters are sometimes packaged as discrete dongles, which
128 may generically be called @dfn{hardware interface dongles}.
129 Some development boards also integrate them directly, which may
130 let the development board can be directly connected to the debug
131 host over USB (and sometimes also to power it over USB).
132
133 For example, a @dfn{JTAG Adapter} supports JTAG
134 signaling, and is used to communicate
135 with JTAG (IEEE 1149.1) compliant TAPs on your target board.
136 A @dfn{TAP} is a ``Test Access Port'', a module which processes
137 special instructions and data. TAPs are daisy-chained within and
138 between chips and boards. JTAG supports debugging and boundary
139 scan operations.
140
141 There are also @dfn{SWD Adapters} that support Serial Wire Debug (SWD)
142 signaling to communicate with some newer ARM cores, as well as debug
143 adapters which support both JTAG and SWD transports. SWD only supports
144 debugging, whereas JTAG also supports boundary scan operations.
145
146 For some chips, there are also @dfn{Programming Adapters} supporting
147 special transports used only to write code to flash memory, without
148 support for on-chip debugging or boundary scan.
149 (At this writing, OpenOCD does not support such non-debug adapters.)
150
151
152 @b{Dongles:} OpenOCD currently supports many types of hardware dongles: USB
153 based, parallel port based, and other standalone boxes that run
154 OpenOCD internally. @xref{Debug Adapter Hardware}.
155
156 @b{GDB Debug:} It allows ARM7 (ARM7TDMI and ARM720t), ARM9 (ARM920T,
157 ARM922T, ARM926EJ--S, ARM966E--S), XScale (PXA25x, IXP42x) and
158 Cortex-M3 (Stellaris LM3 and ST STM32) based cores to be
159 debugged via the GDB protocol.
160
161 @b{Flash Programing:} Flash writing is supported for external CFI
162 compatible NOR flashes (Intel and AMD/Spansion command set) and several
163 internal flashes (LPC1700, LPC2000, AT91SAM7, AT91SAM3U, STR7x, STR9x, LM3, and
164 STM32x). Preliminary support for various NAND flash controllers
165 (LPC3180, Orion, S3C24xx, more) controller is included.
166
167 @section OpenOCD Web Site
168
169 The OpenOCD web site provides the latest public news from the community:
170
171 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/}
172
173 @section Latest User's Guide:
174
175 The user's guide you are now reading may not be the latest one
176 available. A version for more recent code may be available.
177 Its HTML form is published irregularly at:
178
179 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/html/index.html}
180
181 PDF form is likewise published at:
182
183 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/pdf/openocd.pdf}
184
185 @section OpenOCD User's Forum
186
187 There is an OpenOCD forum (phpBB) hosted by SparkFun,
188 which might be helpful to you. Note that if you want
189 anything to come to the attention of developers, you
190 should post it to the OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
191 instead of this forum.
192
193 @uref{http://forum.sparkfun.com/viewforum.php?f=18}
194
195
196 @node Developers
197 @chapter OpenOCD Developer Resources
198 @cindex developers
199
200 If you are interested in improving the state of OpenOCD's debugging and
201 testing support, new contributions will be welcome. Motivated developers
202 can produce new target, flash or interface drivers, improve the
203 documentation, as well as more conventional bug fixes and enhancements.
204
205 The resources in this chapter are available for developers wishing to explore
206 or expand the OpenOCD source code.
207
208 @section OpenOCD GIT Repository
209
210 During the 0.3.x release cycle, OpenOCD switched from Subversion to
211 a GIT repository hosted at SourceForge. The repository URL is:
212
213 @uref{git://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/gitroot/openocd/openocd}
214
215 You may prefer to use a mirror and the HTTP protocol:
216
217 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/r/openocd.git}
218
219 With standard GIT tools, use @command{git clone} to initialize
220 a local repository, and @command{git pull} to update it.
221 There are also gitweb pages letting you browse the repository
222 with a web browser, or download arbitrary snapshots without
223 needing a GIT client:
224
225 @uref{http://openocd.git.sourceforge.net/git/gitweb.cgi?p=openocd/openocd}
226
227 @uref{http://repo.or.cz/w/openocd.git}
228
229 The @file{README} file contains the instructions for building the project
230 from the repository or a snapshot.
231
232 Developers that want to contribute patches to the OpenOCD system are
233 @b{strongly} encouraged to work against mainline.
234 Patches created against older versions may require additional
235 work from their submitter in order to be updated for newer releases.
236
237 @section Doxygen Developer Manual
238
239 During the 0.2.x release cycle, the OpenOCD project began
240 providing a Doxygen reference manual. This document contains more
241 technical information about the software internals, development
242 processes, and similar documentation:
243
244 @uref{http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/html/index.html}
245
246 This document is a work-in-progress, but contributions would be welcome
247 to fill in the gaps. All of the source files are provided in-tree,
248 listed in the Doxyfile configuration in the top of the source tree.
249
250 @section OpenOCD Developer Mailing List
251
252 The OpenOCD Developer Mailing List provides the primary means of
253 communication between developers:
254
255 @uref{https://lists.sourceforge.net/mailman/listinfo/openocd-devel}
256
257 Discuss and submit patches to this list.
258 The @file{HACKING} file contains basic information about how
259 to prepare patches.
260
261 @section OpenOCD Bug Database
262
263 During the 0.4.x release cycle the OpenOCD project team began
264 using Trac for its bug database:
265
266 @uref{https://sourceforge.net/apps/trac/openocd}
267
268
269 @node Debug Adapter Hardware
270 @chapter Debug Adapter Hardware
271 @cindex dongles
272 @cindex FTDI
273 @cindex wiggler
274 @cindex zy1000
275 @cindex printer port
276 @cindex USB Adapter
277 @cindex RTCK
278
279 Defined: @b{dongle}: A small device that plugins into a computer and serves as
280 an adapter .... [snip]
281
282 In the OpenOCD case, this generally refers to @b{a small adapter} that
283 attaches to your computer via USB or the Parallel Printer Port. One
284 exception is the Zylin ZY1000, packaged as a small box you attach via
285 an ethernet cable. The Zylin ZY1000 has the advantage that it does not
286 require any drivers to be installed on the developer PC. It also has
287 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
288 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
289
290
291 @section Choosing a Dongle
292
293 There are several things you should keep in mind when choosing a dongle.
294
295 @enumerate
296 @item @b{Transport} Does it support the kind of communication that you need?
297 OpenOCD focusses mostly on JTAG. Your version may also support
298 other ways to communicate with target devices.
299 @item @b{Voltage} What voltage is your target - 1.8, 2.8, 3.3, or 5V?
300 Does your dongle support it? You might need a level converter.
301 @item @b{Pinout} What pinout does your target board use?
302 Does your dongle support it? You may be able to use jumper
303 wires, or an "octopus" connector, to convert pinouts.
304 @item @b{Connection} Does your computer have the USB, printer, or
305 Ethernet port needed?
306 @item @b{RTCK} Do you expect to use it with ARM chips and boards with
307 RTCK support? Also known as ``adaptive clocking''
308 @end enumerate
309
310 @section Stand alone Systems
311
312 @b{ZY1000} See: @url{http://www.zylin.com/zy1000.html} Technically, not a
313 dongle, but a standalone box. The ZY1000 has the advantage that it does
314 not require any drivers installed on the developer PC. It also has
315 a built in web interface. It supports RTCK/RCLK or adaptive clocking
316 and has a built in relay to power cycle targets remotely.
317
318 @section USB FT2232 Based
319
320 There are many USB JTAG dongles on the market, many of them are based
321 on a chip from ``Future Technology Devices International'' (FTDI)
322 known as the FTDI FT2232; this is a USB full speed (12 Mbps) chip.
323 See: @url{http://www.ftdichip.com} for more information.
324 In summer 2009, USB high speed (480 Mbps) versions of these FTDI
325 chips are starting to become available in JTAG adapters. (Adapters
326 using those high speed FT2232H chips may support adaptive clocking.)
327
328 The FT2232 chips are flexible enough to support some other
329 transport options, such as SWD or the SPI variants used to
330 program some chips. They have two communications channels,
331 and one can be used for a UART adapter at the same time the
332 other one is used to provide a debug adapter.
333
334 Also, some development boards integrate an FT2232 chip to serve as
335 a built-in low cost debug adapter and usb-to-serial solution.
336
337 @itemize @bullet
338 @item @b{usbjtag}
339 @* Link @url{http://www.hs-augsburg.de/~hhoegl/proj/usbjtag/usbjtag.html}
340 @item @b{jtagkey}
341 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey.shtml}
342 @item @b{jtagkey2}
343 @* See: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtagkey2.shtml}
344 @item @b{oocdlink}
345 @* See: @url{http://www.oocdlink.com} By Joern Kaipf
346 @item @b{signalyzer}
347 @* See: @url{http://www.signalyzer.com}
348 @item @b{Stellaris Eval Boards}
349 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - The Stellaris eval boards
350 bundle FT2232-based JTAG and SWD support, which can be used to debug
351 the Stellaris chips. Using separate JTAG adapters is optional.
352 These boards can also be used in a "pass through" mode as JTAG adapters
353 to other target boards, disabling the Stellaris chip.
354 @item @b{Luminary ICDI}
355 @* See: @url{http://www.luminarymicro.com} - Luminary In-Circuit Debug
356 Interface (ICDI) Boards are included in Stellaris LM3S9B9x
357 Evaluation Kits. Like the non-detachable FT2232 support on the other
358 Stellaris eval boards, they can be used to debug other target boards.
359 @item @b{olimex-jtag}
360 @* See: @url{http://www.olimex.com}
361 @item @b{flyswatter}
362 @* See: @url{http://www.tincantools.com}
363 @item @b{turtelizer2}
364 @* See:
365 @uref{http://www.ethernut.de/en/hardware/turtelizer/index.html, Turtelizer 2}, or
366 @url{http://www.ethernut.de}
367 @item @b{comstick}
368 @* Link: @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=383}
369 @item @b{stm32stick}
370 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/stm32-stick}
371 @item @b{axm0432_jtag}
372 @* Axiom AXM-0432 Link @url{http://www.axman.com}
373 @item @b{cortino}
374 @* Link @url{http://www.hitex.com/index.php?id=cortino}
375 @item @b{dlp-usb1232h}
376 @* Link @url{http://www.dlpdesign.com/usb/usb1232h.shtml}
377 @end itemize
378
379 @section USB-JTAG / Altera USB-Blaster compatibles
380
381 These devices also show up as FTDI devices, but are not
382 protocol-compatible with the FT2232 devices. They are, however,
383 protocol-compatible among themselves. USB-JTAG devices typically consist
384 of a FT245 followed by a CPLD that understands a particular protocol,
385 or emulate this protocol using some other hardware.
386
387 They may appear under different USB VID/PID depending on the particular
388 product. The driver can be configured to search for any VID/PID pair
389 (see the section on driver commands).
390
391 @itemize
392 @item @b{USB-JTAG} Kolja Waschk's USB Blaster-compatible adapter
393 @* Link: @url{http://www.ixo.de/info/usb_jtag/}
394 @item @b{Altera USB-Blaster}
395 @* Link: @url{http://www.altera.com/literature/ug/ug_usb_blstr.pdf}
396 @end itemize
397
398 @section USB JLINK based
399 There are several OEM versions of the Segger @b{JLINK} adapter. It is
400 an example of a micro controller based JTAG adapter, it uses an
401 AT91SAM764 internally.
402
403 @itemize @bullet
404 @item @b{ATMEL SAMICE} Only works with ATMEL chips!
405 @* Link: @url{http://www.atmel.com/dyn/products/tools_card.asp?tool_id=3892}
406 @item @b{SEGGER JLINK}
407 @* Link: @url{http://www.segger.com/jlink.html}
408 @item @b{IAR J-Link}
409 @* Link: @url{http://www.iar.com/website1/1.0.1.0/369/1/index.php}
410 @end itemize
411
412 @section USB RLINK based
413 Raisonance has an adapter called @b{RLink}. It exists in a stripped-down form on the STM32 Primer, permanently attached to the JTAG lines. It also exists on the STM32 Primer2, but that is wired for SWD and not JTAG, thus not supported.
414
415 @itemize @bullet
416 @item @b{Raisonance RLink}
417 @* Link: @url{http://www.raisonance.com/products/RLink.php}
418 @item @b{STM32 Primer}
419 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer.php}
420 @item @b{STM32 Primer2}
421 @* Link: @url{http://www.stm32circle.com/resources/stm32primer2.php}
422 @end itemize
423
424 @section USB ST-LINK based
425 ST Micro has an adapter called @b{ST-LINK}.
426 They only works with ST Micro chips, notably STM32 and STM8.
427
428 @itemize @bullet
429 @item @b{ST-LINK}
430 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32VLDISCOVERY.
431 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/219866.jsp}
432 @item @b{ST-LINK/V2}
433 @* This is available standalone and as part of some kits, eg. STM32F4DISCOVERY.
434 @* Link: @url{http://www.st.com/internet/evalboard/product/251168.jsp}
435 @end itemize
436
437 For info the original ST-LINK enumerates using the mass storage usb class, however
438 it's implementation is completely broken. The result is this causes issues under linux.
439 The simplest solution is to get linux to ignore the ST-LINK using one of the following method's:
440 @itemize @bullet
441 @item modprobe -r usb-storage && modprobe usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i
442 @item add "options usb-storage quirks=483:3744:i" to /etc/modprobe.conf
443 @end itemize
444
445 @section USB Other
446 @itemize @bullet
447 @item @b{USBprog}
448 @* Link: @url{http://www.embedded-projects.net/usbprog} - which uses an Atmel MEGA32 and a UBN9604
449
450 @item @b{USB - Presto}
451 @* Link: @url{http://tools.asix.net/prg_presto.htm}
452
453 @item @b{Versaloon-Link}
454 @* Link: @url{http://www.simonqian.com/en/Versaloon}
455
456 @item @b{ARM-JTAG-EW}
457 @* Link: @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag-ew.html}
458
459 @item @b{Buspirate}
460 @* Link: @url{http://dangerousprototypes.com/bus-pirate-manual/}
461 @end itemize
462
463 @section IBM PC Parallel Printer Port Based
464
465 The two well known ``JTAG Parallel Ports'' cables are the Xilnx DLC5
466 and the MacGraigor Wiggler. There are many clones and variations of
467 these on the market.
468
469 Note that parallel ports are becoming much less common, so if you
470 have the choice you should probably avoid these adapters in favor
471 of USB-based ones.
472
473 @itemize @bullet
474
475 @item @b{Wiggler} - There are many clones of this.
476 @* Link: @url{http://www.macraigor.com/wiggler.htm}
477
478 @item @b{DLC5} - From XILINX - There are many clones of this
479 @* Link: Search the web for: ``XILINX DLC5'' - it is no longer
480 produced, PDF schematics are easily found and it is easy to make.
481
482 @item @b{Amontec - JTAG Accelerator}
483 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/jtag_accelerator.shtml}
484
485 @item @b{GW16402}
486 @* Link: @url{http://www.gateworks.com/products/avila_accessories/gw16042.php}
487
488 @item @b{Wiggler2}
489 @*@uref{http://www.ccac.rwth-aachen.de/@/~michaels/@/index.php/hardware/@/armjtag,
490 Improved parallel-port wiggler-style JTAG adapter}
491
492 @item @b{Wiggler_ntrst_inverted}
493 @* Yet another variation - See the source code, src/jtag/parport.c
494
495 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler}
496 @* Unknown - probably not on the market today
497
498 @item @b{arm-jtag}
499 @* Link: Most likely @url{http://www.olimex.com/dev/arm-jtag.html} [another wiggler clone]
500
501 @item @b{chameleon}
502 @* Link: @url{http://www.amontec.com/chameleon.shtml}
503
504 @item @b{Triton}
505 @* Unknown.
506
507 @item @b{Lattice}
508 @* ispDownload from Lattice Semiconductor
509 @url{http://www.latticesemi.com/lit/docs/@/devtools/dlcable.pdf}
510
511 @item @b{flashlink}
512 @* From ST Microsystems;
513 @uref{http://www.st.com/stonline/@/products/literature/um/7889.pdf,
514 FlashLINK JTAG programing cable for PSD and uPSD}
515
516 @end itemize
517
518 @section Other...
519 @itemize @bullet
520
521 @item @b{ep93xx}
522 @* An EP93xx based Linux machine using the GPIO pins directly.
523
524 @item @b{at91rm9200}
525 @* Like the EP93xx - but an ATMEL AT91RM9200 based solution using the GPIO pins on the chip.
526
527 @end itemize
528
529 @node About Jim-Tcl
530 @chapter About Jim-Tcl
531 @cindex Jim-Tcl
532 @cindex tcl
533
534 OpenOCD uses a small ``Tcl Interpreter'' known as Jim-Tcl.
535 This programming language provides a simple and extensible
536 command interpreter.
537
538 All commands presented in this Guide are extensions to Jim-Tcl.
539 You can use them as simple commands, without needing to learn
540 much of anything about Tcl.
541 Alternatively, can write Tcl programs with them.
542
543 You can learn more about Jim at its website, @url{http://jim.berlios.de}.
544 There is an active and responsive community, get on the mailing list
545 if you have any questions. Jim-Tcl maintainers also lurk on the
546 OpenOCD mailing list.
547
548 @itemize @bullet
549 @item @b{Jim vs. Tcl}
550 @* Jim-Tcl is a stripped down version of the well known Tcl language,
551 which can be found here: @url{http://www.tcl.tk}. Jim-Tcl has far
552 fewer features. Jim-Tcl is several dozens of .C files and .H files and
553 implements the basic Tcl command set. In contrast: Tcl 8.6 is a
554 4.2 MB .zip file containing 1540 files.
555
556 @item @b{Missing Features}
557 @* Our practice has been: Add/clone the real Tcl feature if/when
558 needed. We welcome Jim-Tcl improvements, not bloat. Also there
559 are a large number of optional Jim-Tcl features that are not
560 enabled in OpenOCD.
561
562 @item @b{Scripts}
563 @* OpenOCD configuration scripts are Jim-Tcl Scripts. OpenOCD's
564 command interpreter today is a mixture of (newer)
565 Jim-Tcl commands, and (older) the orginal command interpreter.
566
567 @item @b{Commands}
568 @* At the OpenOCD telnet command line (or via the GDB monitor command) one
569 can type a Tcl for() loop, set variables, etc.
570 Some of the commands documented in this guide are implemented
571 as Tcl scripts, from a @file{startup.tcl} file internal to the server.
572
573 @item @b{Historical Note}
574 @* Jim-Tcl was introduced to OpenOCD in spring 2008. Fall 2010,
575 before OpenOCD 0.5 release OpenOCD switched to using Jim Tcl
576 as a git submodule, which greatly simplified upgrading Jim Tcl
577 to benefit from new features and bugfixes in Jim Tcl.
578
579 @item @b{Need a crash course in Tcl?}
580 @*@xref{Tcl Crash Course}.
581 @end itemize
582
583 @node Running
584 @chapter Running
585 @cindex command line options
586 @cindex logfile
587 @cindex directory search
588
589 Properly installing OpenOCD sets up your operating system to grant it access
590 to the debug adapters. On Linux, this usually involves installing a file
591 in @file{/etc/udev/rules.d,} so OpenOCD has permissions. MS-Windows needs
592 complex and confusing driver configuration for every peripheral. Such issues
593 are unique to each operating system, and are not detailed in this User's Guide.
594
595 Then later you will invoke the OpenOCD server, with various options to
596 tell it how each debug session should work.
597 The @option{--help} option shows:
598 @verbatim
599 bash$ openocd --help
600
601 --help | -h display this help
602 --version | -v display OpenOCD version
603 --file | -f use configuration file <name>
604 --search | -s dir to search for config files and scripts
605 --debug | -d set debug level <0-3>
606 --log_output | -l redirect log output to file <name>
607 --command | -c run <command>
608 @end verbatim
609
610 If you don't give any @option{-f} or @option{-c} options,
611 OpenOCD tries to read the configuration file @file{openocd.cfg}.
612 To specify one or more different
613 configuration files, use @option{-f} options. For example:
614
615 @example
616 openocd -f config1.cfg -f config2.cfg -f config3.cfg
617 @end example
618
619 Configuration files and scripts are searched for in
620 @enumerate
621 @item the current directory,
622 @item any search dir specified on the command line using the @option{-s} option,
623 @item any search dir specified using the @command{add_script_search_dir} command,
624 @item @file{$HOME/.openocd} (not on Windows),
625 @item the site wide script library @file{$pkgdatadir/site} and
626 @item the OpenOCD-supplied script library @file{$pkgdatadir/scripts}.
627 @end enumerate
628 The first found file with a matching file name will be used.
629
630 @quotation Note
631 Don't try to use configuration script names or paths which
632 include the "#" character. That character begins Tcl comments.
633 @end quotation
634
635 @section Simple setup, no customization
636
637 In the best case, you can use two scripts from one of the script
638 libraries, hook up your JTAG adapter, and start the server ... and
639 your JTAG setup will just work "out of the box". Always try to
640 start by reusing those scripts, but assume you'll need more
641 customization even if this works. @xref{OpenOCD Project Setup}.
642
643 If you find a script for your JTAG adapter, and for your board or
644 target, you may be able to hook up your JTAG adapter then start
645 the server like:
646
647 @example
648 openocd -f interface/ADAPTER.cfg -f board/MYBOARD.cfg
649 @end example
650
651 You might also need to configure which reset signals are present,
652 using @option{-c 'reset_config trst_and_srst'} or something similar.
653 If all goes well you'll see output something like
654
655 @example
656 Open On-Chip Debugger 0.4.0 (2010-01-14-15:06)
657 For bug reports, read
658 http://openocd.sourceforge.net/doc/doxygen/bugs.html
659 Info : JTAG tap: lm3s.cpu tap/device found: 0x3ba00477
660 (mfg: 0x23b, part: 0xba00, ver: 0x3)
661 @end example
662
663 Seeing that "tap/device found" message, and no warnings, means
664 the JTAG communication is working. That's a key milestone, but
665 you'll probably need more project-specific setup.
666
667 @section What OpenOCD does as it starts
668
669 OpenOCD starts by processing the configuration commands provided
670 on the command line or, if there were no @option{-c command} or
671 @option{-f file.cfg} options given, in @file{openocd.cfg}.
672 @xref{Configuration Stage}.
673 At the end of the configuration stage it verifies the JTAG scan
674 chain defined using those commands; your configuration should
675 ensure that this always succeeds.
676 Normally, OpenOCD then starts running as a daemon.
677 Alternatively, commands may be used to terminate the configuration
678 stage early, perform work (such as updating some flash memory),
679 and then shut down without acting as a daemon.
680
681 Once OpenOCD starts running as a daemon, it waits for connections from
682 clients (Telnet, GDB, Other) and processes the commands issued through
683 those channels.
684
685 If you are having problems, you can enable internal debug messages via
686 the @option{-d} option.
687
688 Also it is possible to interleave Jim-Tcl commands w/config scripts using the
689 @option{-c} command line switch.
690
691 To enable debug output (when reporting problems or working on OpenOCD
692 itself), use the @option{-d} command line switch. This sets the
693 @option{debug_level} to "3", outputting the most information,
694 including debug messages. The default setting is "2", outputting only
695 informational messages, warnings and errors. You can also change this
696 setting from within a telnet or gdb session using @command{debug_level
697 <n>} (@pxref{debug_level}).
698
699 You can redirect all output from the daemon to a file using the
700 @option{-l <logfile>} switch.
701
702 Note! OpenOCD will launch the GDB & telnet server even if it can not
703 establish a connection with the target. In general, it is possible for
704 the JTAG controller to be unresponsive until the target is set up
705 correctly via e.g. GDB monitor commands in a GDB init script.
706
707 @node OpenOCD Project Setup
708 @chapter OpenOCD Project Setup
709
710 To use OpenOCD with your development projects, you need to do more than
711 just connecting the JTAG adapter hardware (dongle) to your development board
712 and then starting the OpenOCD server.
713 You also need to configure that server so that it knows
714 about that adapter and board, and helps your work.
715 You may also want to connect OpenOCD to GDB, possibly
716 using Eclipse or some other GUI.
717
718 @section Hooking up the JTAG Adapter
719
720 Today's most common case is a dongle with a JTAG cable on one side
721 (such as a ribbon cable with a 10-pin or 20-pin IDC connector)
722 and a USB cable on the other.
723 Instead of USB, some cables use Ethernet;
724 older ones may use a PC parallel port, or even a serial port.
725
726 @enumerate
727 @item @emph{Start with power to your target board turned off},
728 and nothing connected to your JTAG adapter.
729 If you're particularly paranoid, unplug power to the board.
730 It's important to have the ground signal properly set up,
731 unless you are using a JTAG adapter which provides
732 galvanic isolation between the target board and the
733 debugging host.
734
735 @item @emph{Be sure it's the right kind of JTAG connector.}
736 If your dongle has a 20-pin ARM connector, you need some kind
737 of adapter (or octopus, see below) to hook it up to
738 boards using 14-pin or 10-pin connectors ... or to 20-pin
739 connectors which don't use ARM's pinout.
740
741 In the same vein, make sure the voltage levels are compatible.
742 Not all JTAG adapters have the level shifters needed to work
743 with 1.2 Volt boards.
744
745 @item @emph{Be certain the cable is properly oriented} or you might
746 damage your board. In most cases there are only two possible
747 ways to connect the cable.
748 Connect the JTAG cable from your adapter to the board.
749 Be sure it's firmly connected.
750
751 In the best case, the connector is keyed to physically
752 prevent you from inserting it wrong.
753 This is most often done using a slot on the board's male connector
754 housing, which must match a key on the JTAG cable's female connector.
755 If there's no housing, then you must look carefully and
756 make sure pin 1 on the cable hooks up to pin 1 on the board.
757 Ribbon cables are frequently all grey except for a wire on one
758 edge, which is red. The red wire is pin 1.
759
760 Sometimes dongles provide cables where one end is an ``octopus'' of
761 color coded single-wire connectors, instead of a connector block.
762 These are great when converting from one JTAG pinout to another,
763 but are tedious to set up.
764 Use these with connector pinout diagrams to help you match up the
765 adapter signals to the right board pins.
766
767 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's other end} once the JTAG cable is connected.
768 A USB, parallel, or serial port connector will go to the host which
769 you are using to run OpenOCD.
770 For Ethernet, consult the documentation and your network administrator.
771
772 For USB based JTAG adapters you have an easy sanity check at this point:
773 does the host operating system see the JTAG adapter? If that host is an
774 MS-Windows host, you'll need to install a driver before OpenOCD works.
775
776 @item @emph{Connect the adapter's power supply, if needed.}
777 This step is primarily for non-USB adapters,
778 but sometimes USB adapters need extra power.
779
780 @item @emph{Power up the target board.}
781 Unless you just let the magic smoke escape,
782 you're now ready to set up the OpenOCD server
783 so you can use JTAG to work with that board.
784
785 @end enumerate
786
787 Talk with the OpenOCD server using
788 telnet (@code{telnet localhost 4444} on many systems) or GDB.
789 @xref{GDB and OpenOCD}.
790
791 @section Project Directory
792
793 There are many ways you can configure OpenOCD and start it up.
794
795 A simple way to organize them all involves keeping a
796 single directory for your work with a given board.
797 When you start OpenOCD from that directory,
798 it searches there first for configuration files, scripts,
799 files accessed through semihosting,
800 and for code you upload to the target board.
801 It is also the natural place to write files,
802 such as log files and data you download from the board.
803
804 @section Configuration Basics
805
806 There are two basic ways of configuring OpenOCD, and
807 a variety of ways you can mix them.
808 Think of the difference as just being how you start the server:
809
810 @itemize
811 @item Many @option{-f file} or @option{-c command} options on the command line
812 @item No options, but a @dfn{user config file}
813 in the current directory named @file{openocd.cfg}
814 @end itemize
815
816 Here is an example @file{openocd.cfg} file for a setup
817 using a Signalyzer FT2232-based JTAG adapter to talk to
818 a board with an Atmel AT91SAM7X256 microcontroller:
819
820 @example
821 source [find interface/signalyzer.cfg]
822
823 # GDB can also flash my flash!
824 gdb_memory_map enable
825 gdb_flash_program enable
826
827 source [find target/sam7x256.cfg]
828 @end example
829
830 Here is the command line equivalent of that configuration:
831
832 @example
833 openocd -f interface/signalyzer.cfg \
834 -c "gdb_memory_map enable" \
835 -c "gdb_flash_program enable" \
836 -f target/sam7x256.cfg
837 @end example
838
839 You could wrap such long command lines in shell scripts,
840 each supporting a different development task.
841 One might re-flash the board with a specific firmware version.
842 Another might set up a particular debugging or run-time environment.
843
844 @quotation Important
845 At this writing (October 2009) the command line method has
846 problems with how it treats variables.
847 For example, after @option{-c "set VAR value"}, or doing the
848 same in a script, the variable @var{VAR} will have no value
849 that can be tested in a later script.
850 @end quotation
851
852 Here we will focus on the simpler solution: one user config
853 file, including basic configuration plus any TCL procedures
854 to simplify your work.
855
856 @section User Config Files
857 @cindex config file, user
858 @cindex user config file
859 @cindex config file, overview
860
861 A user configuration file ties together all the parts of a project
862 in one place.
863 One of the following will match your situation best:
864
865 @itemize
866 @item Ideally almost everything comes from configuration files
867 provided by someone else.
868 For example, OpenOCD distributes a @file{scripts} directory
869 (probably in @file{/usr/share/openocd/scripts} on Linux).
870 Board and tool vendors can provide these too, as can individual
871 user sites; the @option{-s} command line option lets you say
872 where to find these files. (@xref{Running}.)
873 The AT91SAM7X256 example above works this way.
874
875 Three main types of non-user configuration file each have their
876 own subdirectory in the @file{scripts} directory:
877
878 @enumerate
879 @item @b{interface} -- one for each different debug adapter;
880 @item @b{board} -- one for each different board
881 @item @b{target} -- the chips which integrate CPUs and other JTAG TAPs
882 @end enumerate
883
884 Best case: include just two files, and they handle everything else.
885 The first is an interface config file.
886 The second is board-specific, and it sets up the JTAG TAPs and
887 their GDB targets (by deferring to some @file{target.cfg} file),
888 declares all flash memory, and leaves you nothing to do except
889 meet your deadline:
890
891 @example
892 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
893 source [find board/csb337.cfg]
894 @end example
895
896 Boards with a single microcontroller often won't need more
897 than the target config file, as in the AT91SAM7X256 example.
898 That's because there is no external memory (flash, DDR RAM), and
899 the board differences are encapsulated by application code.
900
901 @item Maybe you don't know yet what your board looks like to JTAG.
902 Once you know the @file{interface.cfg} file to use, you may
903 need help from OpenOCD to discover what's on the board.
904 Once you find the JTAG TAPs, you can just search for appropriate
905 target and board
906 configuration files ... or write your own, from the bottom up.
907 @xref{Autoprobing}.
908
909 @item You can often reuse some standard config files but
910 need to write a few new ones, probably a @file{board.cfg} file.
911 You will be using commands described later in this User's Guide,
912 and working with the guidelines in the next chapter.
913
914 For example, there may be configuration files for your JTAG adapter
915 and target chip, but you need a new board-specific config file
916 giving access to your particular flash chips.
917 Or you might need to write another target chip configuration file
918 for a new chip built around the Cortex M3 core.
919
920 @quotation Note
921 When you write new configuration files, please submit
922 them for inclusion in the next OpenOCD release.
923 For example, a @file{board/newboard.cfg} file will help the
924 next users of that board, and a @file{target/newcpu.cfg}
925 will help support users of any board using that chip.
926 @end quotation
927
928 @item
929 You may may need to write some C code.
930 It may be as simple as a supporting a new ft2232 or parport
931 based adapter; a bit more involved, like a NAND or NOR flash
932 controller driver; or a big piece of work like supporting
933 a new chip architecture.
934 @end itemize
935
936 Reuse the existing config files when you can.
937 Look first in the @file{scripts/boards} area, then @file{scripts/targets}.
938 You may find a board configuration that's a good example to follow.
939
940 When you write config files, separate the reusable parts
941 (things every user of that interface, chip, or board needs)
942 from ones specific to your environment and debugging approach.
943 @itemize
944
945 @item
946 For example, a @code{gdb-attach} event handler that invokes
947 the @command{reset init} command will interfere with debugging
948 early boot code, which performs some of the same actions
949 that the @code{reset-init} event handler does.
950
951 @item
952 Likewise, the @command{arm9 vector_catch} command (or
953 @cindex vector_catch
954 its siblings @command{xscale vector_catch}
955 and @command{cortex_m3 vector_catch}) can be a timesaver
956 during some debug sessions, but don't make everyone use that either.
957 Keep those kinds of debugging aids in your user config file,
958 along with messaging and tracing setup.
959 (@xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.)
960
961 @item
962 You might need to override some defaults.
963 For example, you might need to move, shrink, or back up the target's
964 work area if your application needs much SRAM.
965
966 @item
967 TCP/IP port configuration is another example of something which
968 is environment-specific, and should only appear in
969 a user config file. @xref{TCP/IP Ports}.
970 @end itemize
971
972 @section Project-Specific Utilities
973
974 A few project-specific utility
975 routines may well speed up your work.
976 Write them, and keep them in your project's user config file.
977
978 For example, if you are making a boot loader work on a
979 board, it's nice to be able to debug the ``after it's
980 loaded to RAM'' parts separately from the finicky early
981 code which sets up the DDR RAM controller and clocks.
982 A script like this one, or a more GDB-aware sibling,
983 may help:
984
985 @example
986 proc ramboot @{ @} @{
987 # Reset, running the target's "reset-init" scripts
988 # to initialize clocks and the DDR RAM controller.
989 # Leave the CPU halted.
990 reset init
991
992 # Load CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT version into DDR RAM.
993 load_image u-boot.bin 0x20000000
994
995 # Start running.
996 resume 0x20000000
997 @}
998 @end example
999
1000 Then once that code is working you will need to make it
1001 boot from NOR flash; a different utility would help.
1002 Alternatively, some developers write to flash using GDB.
1003 (You might use a similar script if you're working with a flash
1004 based microcontroller application instead of a boot loader.)
1005
1006 @example
1007 proc newboot @{ @} @{
1008 # Reset, leaving the CPU halted. The "reset-init" event
1009 # proc gives faster access to the CPU and to NOR flash;
1010 # "reset halt" would be slower.
1011 reset init
1012
1013 # Write standard version of U-Boot into the first two
1014 # sectors of NOR flash ... the standard version should
1015 # do the same lowlevel init as "reset-init".
1016 flash protect 0 0 1 off
1017 flash erase_sector 0 0 1
1018 flash write_bank 0 u-boot.bin 0x0
1019 flash protect 0 0 1 on
1020
1021 # Reboot from scratch using that new boot loader.
1022 reset run
1023 @}
1024 @end example
1025
1026 You may need more complicated utility procedures when booting
1027 from NAND.
1028 That often involves an extra bootloader stage,
1029 running from on-chip SRAM to perform DDR RAM setup so it can load
1030 the main bootloader code (which won't fit into that SRAM).
1031
1032 Other helper scripts might be used to write production system images,
1033 involving considerably more than just a three stage bootloader.
1034
1035 @section Target Software Changes
1036
1037 Sometimes you may want to make some small changes to the software
1038 you're developing, to help make JTAG debugging work better.
1039 For example, in C or assembly language code you might
1040 use @code{#ifdef JTAG_DEBUG} (or its converse) around code
1041 handling issues like:
1042
1043 @itemize @bullet
1044
1045 @item @b{Watchdog Timers}...
1046 Watchog timers are typically used to automatically reset systems if
1047 some application task doesn't periodically reset the timer. (The
1048 assumption is that the system has locked up if the task can't run.)
1049 When a JTAG debugger halts the system, that task won't be able to run
1050 and reset the timer ... potentially causing resets in the middle of
1051 your debug sessions.
1052
1053 It's rarely a good idea to disable such watchdogs, since their usage
1054 needs to be debugged just like all other parts of your firmware.
1055 That might however be your only option.
1056
1057 Look instead for chip-specific ways to stop the watchdog from counting
1058 while the system is in a debug halt state. It may be simplest to set
1059 that non-counting mode in your debugger startup scripts. You may however
1060 need a different approach when, for example, a motor could be physically
1061 damaged by firmware remaining inactive in a debug halt state. That might
1062 involve a type of firmware mode where that "non-counting" mode is disabled
1063 at the beginning then re-enabled at the end; a watchdog reset might fire
1064 and complicate the debug session, but hardware (or people) would be
1065 protected.@footnote{Note that many systems support a "monitor mode" debug
1066 that is a somewhat cleaner way to address such issues. You can think of
1067 it as only halting part of the system, maybe just one task,
1068 instead of the whole thing.
1069 At this writing, January 2010, OpenOCD based debugging does not support
1070 monitor mode debug, only "halt mode" debug.}
1071
1072 @item @b{ARM Semihosting}...
1073 @cindex ARM semihosting
1074 When linked with a special runtime library provided with many
1075 toolchains@footnote{See chapter 8 "Semihosting" in
1076 @uref{http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.dui0203i/DUI0203I_rvct_developer_guide.pdf,
1077 ARM DUI 0203I}, the "RealView Compilation Tools Developer Guide".
1078 The CodeSourcery EABI toolchain also includes a semihosting library.},
1079 your target code can use I/O facilities on the debug host. That library
1080 provides a small set of system calls which are handled by OpenOCD.
1081 It can let the debugger provide your system console and a file system,
1082 helping with early debugging or providing a more capable environment
1083 for sometimes-complex tasks like installing system firmware onto
1084 NAND or SPI flash.
1085
1086 @item @b{ARM Wait-For-Interrupt}...
1087 Many ARM chips synchronize the JTAG clock using the core clock.
1088 Low power states which stop that core clock thus prevent JTAG access.
1089 Idle loops in tasking environments often enter those low power states
1090 via the @code{WFI} instruction (or its coprocessor equivalent, before ARMv7).
1091
1092 You may want to @emph{disable that instruction} in source code,
1093 or otherwise prevent using that state,
1094 to ensure you can get JTAG access at any time.@footnote{As a more
1095 polite alternative, some processors have special debug-oriented
1096 registers which can be used to change various features including
1097 how the low power states are clocked while debugging.
1098 The STM32 DBGMCU_CR register is an example; at the cost of extra
1099 power consumption, JTAG can be used during low power states.}
1100 For example, the OpenOCD @command{halt} command may not
1101 work for an idle processor otherwise.
1102
1103 @item @b{Delay after reset}...
1104 Not all chips have good support for debugger access
1105 right after reset; many LPC2xxx chips have issues here.
1106 Similarly, applications that reconfigure pins used for
1107 JTAG access as they start will also block debugger access.
1108
1109 To work with boards like this, @emph{enable a short delay loop}
1110 the first thing after reset, before "real" startup activities.
1111 For example, one second's delay is usually more than enough
1112 time for a JTAG debugger to attach, so that
1113 early code execution can be debugged
1114 or firmware can be replaced.
1115
1116 @item @b{Debug Communications Channel (DCC)}...
1117 Some processors include mechanisms to send messages over JTAG.
1118 Many ARM cores support these, as do some cores from other vendors.
1119 (OpenOCD may be able to use this DCC internally, speeding up some
1120 operations like writing to memory.)
1121
1122 Your application may want to deliver various debugging messages
1123 over JTAG, by @emph{linking with a small library of code}
1124 provided with OpenOCD and using the utilities there to send
1125 various kinds of message.
1126 @xref{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}.
1127
1128 @end itemize
1129
1130 @section Target Hardware Setup
1131
1132 Chip vendors often provide software development boards which
1133 are highly configurable, so that they can support all options
1134 that product boards may require. @emph{Make sure that any
1135 jumpers or switches match the system configuration you are
1136 working with.}
1137
1138 Common issues include:
1139
1140 @itemize @bullet
1141
1142 @item @b{JTAG setup} ...
1143 Boards may support more than one JTAG configuration.
1144 Examples include jumpers controlling pullups versus pulldowns
1145 on the nTRST and/or nSRST signals, and choice of connectors
1146 (e.g. which of two headers on the base board,
1147 or one from a daughtercard).
1148 For some Texas Instruments boards, you may need to jumper the
1149 EMU0 and EMU1 signals (which OpenOCD won't currently control).
1150
1151 @item @b{Boot Modes} ...
1152 Complex chips often support multiple boot modes, controlled
1153 by external jumpers. Make sure this is set up correctly.
1154 For example many i.MX boards from NXP need to be jumpered
1155 to "ATX mode" to start booting using the on-chip ROM, when
1156 using second stage bootloader code stored in a NAND flash chip.
1157
1158 Such explicit configuration is common, and not limited to
1159 booting from NAND. You might also need to set jumpers to
1160 start booting using code loaded from an MMC/SD card; external
1161 SPI flash; Ethernet, UART, or USB links; NOR flash; OneNAND
1162 flash; some external host; or various other sources.
1163
1164
1165 @item @b{Memory Addressing} ...
1166 Boards which support multiple boot modes may also have jumpers
1167 to configure memory addressing. One board, for example, jumpers
1168 external chipselect 0 (used for booting) to address either
1169 a large SRAM (which must be pre-loaded via JTAG), NOR flash,
1170 or NAND flash. When it's jumpered to address NAND flash, that
1171 board must also be told to start booting from on-chip ROM.
1172
1173 Your @file{board.cfg} file may also need to be told this jumper
1174 configuration, so that it can know whether to declare NOR flash
1175 using @command{flash bank} or instead declare NAND flash with
1176 @command{nand device}; and likewise which probe to perform in
1177 its @code{reset-init} handler.
1178
1179 A closely related issue is bus width. Jumpers might need to
1180 distinguish between 8 bit or 16 bit bus access for the flash
1181 used to start booting.
1182
1183 @item @b{Peripheral Access} ...
1184 Development boards generally provide access to every peripheral
1185 on the chip, sometimes in multiple modes (such as by providing
1186 multiple audio codec chips).
1187 This interacts with software
1188 configuration of pin multiplexing, where for example a
1189 given pin may be routed either to the MMC/SD controller
1190 or the GPIO controller. It also often interacts with
1191 configuration jumpers. One jumper may be used to route
1192 signals to an MMC/SD card slot or an expansion bus (which
1193 might in turn affect booting); others might control which
1194 audio or video codecs are used.
1195
1196 @end itemize
1197
1198 Plus you should of course have @code{reset-init} event handlers
1199 which set up the hardware to match that jumper configuration.
1200 That includes in particular any oscillator or PLL used to clock
1201 the CPU, and any memory controllers needed to access external
1202 memory and peripherals. Without such handlers, you won't be
1203 able to access those resources without working target firmware
1204 which can do that setup ... this can be awkward when you're
1205 trying to debug that target firmware. Even if there's a ROM
1206 bootloader which handles a few issues, it rarely provides full
1207 access to all board-specific capabilities.
1208
1209
1210 @node Config File Guidelines
1211 @chapter Config File Guidelines
1212
1213 This chapter is aimed at any user who needs to write a config file,
1214 including developers and integrators of OpenOCD and any user who
1215 needs to get a new board working smoothly.
1216 It provides guidelines for creating those files.
1217
1218 You should find the following directories under @t{$(INSTALLDIR)/scripts},
1219 with files including the ones listed here.
1220 Use them as-is where you can; or as models for new files.
1221 @itemize @bullet
1222 @item @file{interface} ...
1223 These are for debug adapters.
1224 Files that configure JTAG adapters go here.
1225 @example
1226 $ ls interface
1227 arm-jtag-ew.cfg hitex_str9-comstick.cfg oocdlink.cfg
1228 arm-usb-ocd.cfg icebear.cfg openocd-usb.cfg
1229 at91rm9200.cfg jlink.cfg parport.cfg
1230 axm0432.cfg jtagkey2.cfg parport_dlc5.cfg
1231 calao-usb-a9260-c01.cfg jtagkey.cfg rlink.cfg
1232 calao-usb-a9260-c02.cfg jtagkey-tiny.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1233 calao-usb-a9260.cfg luminary.cfg signalyzer.cfg
1234 chameleon.cfg luminary-icdi.cfg stm32-stick.cfg
1235 cortino.cfg luminary-lm3s811.cfg turtelizer2.cfg
1236 dummy.cfg olimex-arm-usb-ocd.cfg usbprog.cfg
1237 flyswatter.cfg olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg vsllink.cfg
1238 $
1239 @end example
1240 @item @file{board} ...
1241 think Circuit Board, PWA, PCB, they go by many names. Board files
1242 contain initialization items that are specific to a board.
1243 They reuse target configuration files, since the same
1244 microprocessor chips are used on many boards,
1245 but support for external parts varies widely. For
1246 example, the SDRAM initialization sequence for the board, or the type
1247 of external flash and what address it uses. Any initialization
1248 sequence to enable that external flash or SDRAM should be found in the
1249 board file. Boards may also contain multiple targets: two CPUs; or
1250 a CPU and an FPGA.
1251 @example
1252 $ ls board
1253 arm_evaluator7t.cfg keil_mcb1700.cfg
1254 at91rm9200-dk.cfg keil_mcb2140.cfg
1255 at91sam9g20-ek.cfg linksys_nslu2.cfg
1256 atmel_at91sam7s-ek.cfg logicpd_imx27.cfg
1257 atmel_at91sam9260-ek.cfg mini2440.cfg
1258 atmel_sam3u_ek.cfg olimex_LPC2378STK.cfg
1259 crossbow_tech_imote2.cfg olimex_lpc_h2148.cfg
1260 csb337.cfg olimex_sam7_ex256.cfg
1261 csb732.cfg olimex_sam9_l9260.cfg
1262 digi_connectcore_wi-9c.cfg olimex_stm32_h103.cfg
1263 dm355evm.cfg omap2420_h4.cfg
1264 dm365evm.cfg osk5912.cfg
1265 dm6446evm.cfg pic-p32mx.cfg
1266 eir.cfg propox_mmnet1001.cfg
1267 ek-lm3s1968.cfg pxa255_sst.cfg
1268 ek-lm3s3748.cfg sheevaplug.cfg
1269 ek-lm3s811.cfg stm3210e_eval.cfg
1270 ek-lm3s9b9x.cfg stm32f10x_128k_eval.cfg
1271 hammer.cfg str910-eval.cfg
1272 hitex_lpc2929.cfg telo.cfg
1273 hitex_stm32-performancestick.cfg ti_beagleboard.cfg
1274 hitex_str9-comstick.cfg topas910.cfg
1275 iar_str912_sk.cfg topasa900.cfg
1276 imx27ads.cfg unknown_at91sam9260.cfg
1277 imx27lnst.cfg x300t.cfg
1278 imx31pdk.cfg zy1000.cfg
1279 $
1280 @end example
1281 @item @file{target} ...
1282 think chip. The ``target'' directory represents the JTAG TAPs
1283 on a chip
1284 which OpenOCD should control, not a board. Two common types of targets
1285 are ARM chips and FPGA or CPLD chips.
1286 When a chip has multiple TAPs (maybe it has both ARM and DSP cores),
1287 the target config file defines all of them.
1288 @example
1289 $ ls target
1290 aduc702x.cfg imx27.cfg pxa255.cfg
1291 ar71xx.cfg imx31.cfg pxa270.cfg
1292 at91eb40a.cfg imx35.cfg readme.txt
1293 at91r40008.cfg is5114.cfg sam7se512.cfg
1294 at91rm9200.cfg ixp42x.cfg sam7x256.cfg
1295 at91sam3u1c.cfg lm3s1968.cfg samsung_s3c2410.cfg
1296 at91sam3u1e.cfg lm3s3748.cfg samsung_s3c2440.cfg
1297 at91sam3u2c.cfg lm3s6965.cfg samsung_s3c2450.cfg
1298 at91sam3u2e.cfg lm3s811.cfg samsung_s3c4510.cfg
1299 at91sam3u4c.cfg lm3s9b9x.cfg samsung_s3c6410.cfg
1300 at91sam3u4e.cfg lpc1768.cfg sharp_lh79532.cfg
1301 at91sam3uXX.cfg lpc2103.cfg smdk6410.cfg
1302 at91sam7sx.cfg lpc2124.cfg smp8634.cfg
1303 at91sam9260.cfg lpc2129.cfg stm32f1x.cfg
1304 c100.cfg lpc2148.cfg str710.cfg
1305 c100config.tcl lpc2294.cfg str730.cfg
1306 c100helper.tcl lpc2378.cfg str750.cfg
1307 c100regs.tcl lpc2478.cfg str912.cfg
1308 cs351x.cfg lpc2900.cfg telo.cfg
1309 davinci.cfg mega128.cfg ti_dm355.cfg
1310 dragonite.cfg netx500.cfg ti_dm365.cfg
1311 epc9301.cfg omap2420.cfg ti_dm6446.cfg
1312 feroceon.cfg omap3530.cfg tmpa900.cfg
1313 icepick.cfg omap5912.cfg tmpa910.cfg
1314 imx21.cfg pic32mx.cfg xba_revA3.cfg
1315 $
1316 @end example
1317 @item @emph{more} ... browse for other library files which may be useful.
1318 For example, there are various generic and CPU-specific utilities.
1319 @end itemize
1320
1321 The @file{openocd.cfg} user config
1322 file may override features in any of the above files by
1323 setting variables before sourcing the target file, or by adding
1324 commands specific to their situation.
1325
1326 @section Interface Config Files
1327
1328 The user config file
1329 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1330
1331 @example
1332 source [find interface/FOOBAR.cfg]
1333 @end example
1334
1335 A preconfigured interface file should exist for every debug adapter
1336 in use today with OpenOCD.
1337 That said, perhaps some of these config files
1338 have only been used by the developer who created it.
1339
1340 A separate chapter gives information about how to set these up.
1341 @xref{Debug Adapter Configuration}.
1342 Read the OpenOCD source code (and Developer's GUide)
1343 if you have a new kind of hardware interface
1344 and need to provide a driver for it.
1345
1346 @section Board Config Files
1347 @cindex config file, board
1348 @cindex board config file
1349
1350 The user config file
1351 should be able to source one of these files with a command like this:
1352
1353 @example
1354 source [find board/FOOBAR.cfg]
1355 @end example
1356
1357 The point of a board config file is to package everything
1358 about a given board that user config files need to know.
1359 In summary the board files should contain (if present)
1360
1361 @enumerate
1362 @item One or more @command{source [target/...cfg]} statements
1363 @item NOR flash configuration (@pxref{NOR Configuration})
1364 @item NAND flash configuration (@pxref{NAND Configuration})
1365 @item Target @code{reset} handlers for SDRAM and I/O configuration
1366 @item JTAG adapter reset configuration (@pxref{Reset Configuration})
1367 @item All things that are not ``inside a chip''
1368 @end enumerate
1369
1370 Generic things inside target chips belong in target config files,
1371 not board config files. So for example a @code{reset-init} event
1372 handler should know board-specific oscillator and PLL parameters,
1373 which it passes to target-specific utility code.
1374
1375 The most complex task of a board config file is creating such a
1376 @code{reset-init} event handler.
1377 Define those handlers last, after you verify the rest of the board
1378 configuration works.
1379
1380 @subsection Communication Between Config files
1381
1382 In addition to target-specific utility code, another way that
1383 board and target config files communicate is by following a
1384 convention on how to use certain variables.
1385
1386 The full Tcl/Tk language supports ``namespaces'', but Jim-Tcl does not.
1387 Thus the rule we follow in OpenOCD is this: Variables that begin with
1388 a leading underscore are temporary in nature, and can be modified and
1389 used at will within a target configuration file.
1390
1391 Complex board config files can do the things like this,
1392 for a board with three chips:
1393
1394 @example
1395 # Chip #1: PXA270 for network side, big endian
1396 set CHIPNAME network
1397 set ENDIAN big
1398 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1399 # on return: _TARGETNAME = network.cpu
1400 # other commands can refer to the "network.cpu" target.
1401 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1402
1403 # Chip #2: PXA270 for video side, little endian
1404 set CHIPNAME video
1405 set ENDIAN little
1406 source [find target/pxa270.cfg]
1407 # on return: _TARGETNAME = video.cpu
1408 # other commands can refer to the "video.cpu" target.
1409 $_TARGETNAME configure .... events for this CPU..
1410
1411 # Chip #3: Xilinx FPGA for glue logic
1412 set CHIPNAME xilinx
1413 unset ENDIAN
1414 source [find target/spartan3.cfg]
1415 @end example
1416
1417 That example is oversimplified because it doesn't show any flash memory,
1418 or the @code{reset-init} event handlers to initialize external DRAM
1419 or (assuming it needs it) load a configuration into the FPGA.
1420 Such features are usually needed for low-level work with many boards,
1421 where ``low level'' implies that the board initialization software may
1422 not be working. (That's a common reason to need JTAG tools. Another
1423 is to enable working with microcontroller-based systems, which often
1424 have no debugging support except a JTAG connector.)
1425
1426 Target config files may also export utility functions to board and user
1427 config files. Such functions should use name prefixes, to help avoid
1428 naming collisions.
1429
1430 Board files could also accept input variables from user config files.
1431 For example, there might be a @code{J4_JUMPER} setting used to identify
1432 what kind of flash memory a development board is using, or how to set
1433 up other clocks and peripherals.
1434
1435 @subsection Variable Naming Convention
1436 @cindex variable names
1437
1438 Most boards have only one instance of a chip.
1439 However, it should be easy to create a board with more than
1440 one such chip (as shown above).
1441 Accordingly, we encourage these conventions for naming
1442 variables associated with different @file{target.cfg} files,
1443 to promote consistency and
1444 so that board files can override target defaults.
1445
1446 Inputs to target config files include:
1447
1448 @itemize @bullet
1449 @item @code{CHIPNAME} ...
1450 This gives a name to the overall chip, and is used as part of
1451 tap identifier dotted names.
1452 While the default is normally provided by the chip manufacturer,
1453 board files may need to distinguish between instances of a chip.
1454 @item @code{ENDIAN} ...
1455 By default @option{little} - although chips may hard-wire @option{big}.
1456 Chips that can't change endianness don't need to use this variable.
1457 @item @code{CPUTAPID} ...
1458 When OpenOCD examines the JTAG chain, it can be told verify the
1459 chips against the JTAG IDCODE register.
1460 The target file will hold one or more defaults, but sometimes the
1461 chip in a board will use a different ID (perhaps a newer revision).
1462 @end itemize
1463
1464 Outputs from target config files include:
1465
1466 @itemize @bullet
1467 @item @code{_TARGETNAME} ...
1468 By convention, this variable is created by the target configuration
1469 script. The board configuration file may make use of this variable to
1470 configure things like a ``reset init'' script, or other things
1471 specific to that board and that target.
1472 If the chip has 2 targets, the names are @code{_TARGETNAME0},
1473 @code{_TARGETNAME1}, ... etc.
1474 @end itemize
1475
1476 @subsection The reset-init Event Handler
1477 @cindex event, reset-init
1478 @cindex reset-init handler
1479
1480 Board config files run in the OpenOCD configuration stage;
1481 they can't use TAPs or targets, since they haven't been
1482 fully set up yet.
1483 This means you can't write memory or access chip registers;
1484 you can't even verify that a flash chip is present.
1485 That's done later in event handlers, of which the target @code{reset-init}
1486 handler is one of the most important.
1487
1488 Except on microcontrollers, the basic job of @code{reset-init} event
1489 handlers is setting up flash and DRAM, as normally handled by boot loaders.
1490 Microcontrollers rarely use boot loaders; they run right out of their
1491 on-chip flash and SRAM memory. But they may want to use one of these
1492 handlers too, if just for developer convenience.
1493
1494 @quotation Note
1495 Because this is so very board-specific, and chip-specific, no examples
1496 are included here.
1497 Instead, look at the board config files distributed with OpenOCD.
1498 If you have a boot loader, its source code will help; so will
1499 configuration files for other JTAG tools
1500 (@pxref{Translating Configuration Files}).
1501 @end quotation
1502
1503 Some of this code could probably be shared between different boards.
1504 For example, setting up a DRAM controller often doesn't differ by
1505 much except the bus width (16 bits or 32?) and memory timings, so a
1506 reusable TCL procedure loaded by the @file{target.cfg} file might take
1507 those as parameters.
1508 Similarly with oscillator, PLL, and clock setup;
1509 and disabling the watchdog.
1510 Structure the code cleanly, and provide comments to help
1511 the next developer doing such work.
1512 (@emph{You might be that next person} trying to reuse init code!)
1513
1514 The last thing normally done in a @code{reset-init} handler is probing
1515 whatever flash memory was configured. For most chips that needs to be
1516 done while the associated target is halted, either because JTAG memory
1517 access uses the CPU or to prevent conflicting CPU access.
1518
1519 @subsection JTAG Clock Rate
1520
1521 Before your @code{reset-init} handler has set up
1522 the PLLs and clocking, you may need to run with
1523 a low JTAG clock rate.
1524 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1525 Then you'd increase that rate after your handler has
1526 made it possible to use the faster JTAG clock.
1527 When the initial low speed is board-specific, for example
1528 because it depends on a board-specific oscillator speed, then
1529 you should probably set it up in the board config file;
1530 if it's target-specific, it belongs in the target config file.
1531
1532 For most ARM-based processors the fastest JTAG clock@footnote{A FAQ
1533 @uref{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} gives details.}
1534 is one sixth of the CPU clock; or one eighth for ARM11 cores.
1535 Consult chip documentation to determine the peak JTAG clock rate,
1536 which might be less than that.
1537
1538 @quotation Warning
1539 On most ARMs, JTAG clock detection is coupled to the core clock, so
1540 software using a @option{wait for interrupt} operation blocks JTAG access.
1541 Adaptive clocking provides a partial workaround, but a more complete
1542 solution just avoids using that instruction with JTAG debuggers.
1543 @end quotation
1544
1545 If both the chip and the board support adaptive clocking,
1546 use the @command{jtag_rclk}
1547 command, in case your board is used with JTAG adapter which
1548 also supports it. Otherwise use @command{adapter_khz}.
1549 Set the slow rate at the beginning of the reset sequence,
1550 and the faster rate as soon as the clocks are at full speed.
1551
1552 @section Target Config Files
1553 @cindex config file, target
1554 @cindex target config file
1555
1556 Board config files communicate with target config files using
1557 naming conventions as described above, and may source one or
1558 more target config files like this:
1559
1560 @example
1561 source [find target/FOOBAR.cfg]
1562 @end example
1563
1564 The point of a target config file is to package everything
1565 about a given chip that board config files need to know.
1566 In summary the target files should contain
1567
1568 @enumerate
1569 @item Set defaults
1570 @item Add TAPs to the scan chain
1571 @item Add CPU targets (includes GDB support)
1572 @item CPU/Chip/CPU-Core specific features
1573 @item On-Chip flash
1574 @end enumerate
1575
1576 As a rule of thumb, a target file sets up only one chip.
1577 For a microcontroller, that will often include a single TAP,
1578 which is a CPU needing a GDB target, and its on-chip flash.
1579
1580 More complex chips may include multiple TAPs, and the target
1581 config file may need to define them all before OpenOCD
1582 can talk to the chip.
1583 For example, some phone chips have JTAG scan chains that include
1584 an ARM core for operating system use, a DSP,
1585 another ARM core embedded in an image processing engine,
1586 and other processing engines.
1587
1588 @subsection Default Value Boiler Plate Code
1589
1590 All target configuration files should start with code like this,
1591 letting board config files express environment-specific
1592 differences in how things should be set up.
1593
1594 @example
1595 # Boards may override chip names, perhaps based on role,
1596 # but the default should match what the vendor uses
1597 if @{ [info exists CHIPNAME] @} @{
1598 set _CHIPNAME $CHIPNAME
1599 @} else @{
1600 set _CHIPNAME sam7x256
1601 @}
1602
1603 # ONLY use ENDIAN with targets that can change it.
1604 if @{ [info exists ENDIAN] @} @{
1605 set _ENDIAN $ENDIAN
1606 @} else @{
1607 set _ENDIAN little
1608 @}
1609
1610 # TAP identifiers may change as chips mature, for example with
1611 # new revision fields (the "3" here). Pick a good default; you
1612 # can pass several such identifiers to the "jtag newtap" command.
1613 if @{ [info exists CPUTAPID ] @} @{
1614 set _CPUTAPID $CPUTAPID
1615 @} else @{
1616 set _CPUTAPID 0x3f0f0f0f
1617 @}
1618 @end example
1619 @c but 0x3f0f0f0f is for an str73x part ...
1620
1621 @emph{Remember:} Board config files may include multiple target
1622 config files, or the same target file multiple times
1623 (changing at least @code{CHIPNAME}).
1624
1625 Likewise, the target configuration file should define
1626 @code{_TARGETNAME} (or @code{_TARGETNAME0} etc) and
1627 use it later on when defining debug targets:
1628
1629 @example
1630 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1631 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1632 @end example
1633
1634 @subsection Adding TAPs to the Scan Chain
1635 After the ``defaults'' are set up,
1636 add the TAPs on each chip to the JTAG scan chain.
1637 @xref{TAP Declaration}, and the naming convention
1638 for taps.
1639
1640 In the simplest case the chip has only one TAP,
1641 probably for a CPU or FPGA.
1642 The config file for the Atmel AT91SAM7X256
1643 looks (in part) like this:
1644
1645 @example
1646 jtag newtap $_CHIPNAME cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id $_CPUTAPID
1647 @end example
1648
1649 A board with two such at91sam7 chips would be able
1650 to source such a config file twice, with different
1651 values for @code{CHIPNAME}, so
1652 it adds a different TAP each time.
1653
1654 If there are nonzero @option{-expected-id} values,
1655 OpenOCD attempts to verify the actual tap id against those values.
1656 It will issue error messages if there is mismatch, which
1657 can help to pinpoint problems in OpenOCD configurations.
1658
1659 @example
1660 JTAG tap: sam7x256.cpu tap/device found: 0x3f0f0f0f
1661 (Manufacturer: 0x787, Part: 0xf0f0, Version: 0x3)
1662 ERROR: Tap: sam7x256.cpu - Expected id: 0x12345678, Got: 0x3f0f0f0f
1663 ERROR: expected: mfg: 0x33c, part: 0x2345, ver: 0x1
1664 ERROR: got: mfg: 0x787, part: 0xf0f0, ver: 0x3
1665 @end example
1666
1667 There are more complex examples too, with chips that have
1668 multiple TAPs. Ones worth looking at include:
1669
1670 @itemize
1671 @item @file{target/omap3530.cfg} -- with disabled ARM and DSP,
1672 plus a JRC to enable them
1673 @item @file{target/str912.cfg} -- with flash, CPU, and boundary scan
1674 @item @file{target/ti_dm355.cfg} -- with ETM, ARM, and JRC (this JRC
1675 is not currently used)
1676 @end itemize
1677
1678 @subsection Add CPU targets
1679
1680 After adding a TAP for a CPU, you should set it up so that
1681 GDB and other commands can use it.
1682 @xref{CPU Configuration}.
1683 For the at91sam7 example above, the command can look like this;
1684 note that @code{$_ENDIAN} is not needed, since OpenOCD defaults
1685 to little endian, and this chip doesn't support changing that.
1686
1687 @example
1688 set _TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.cpu
1689 target create $_TARGETNAME arm7tdmi -chain-position $_TARGETNAME
1690 @end example
1691
1692 Work areas are small RAM areas associated with CPU targets.
1693 They are used by OpenOCD to speed up downloads,
1694 and to download small snippets of code to program flash chips.
1695 If the chip includes a form of ``on-chip-ram'' - and many do - define
1696 a work area if you can.
1697 Again using the at91sam7 as an example, this can look like:
1698
1699 @example
1700 $_TARGETNAME configure -work-area-phys 0x00200000 \
1701 -work-area-size 0x4000 -work-area-backup 0
1702 @end example
1703
1704 @anchor{Define CPU targets working in SMP}
1705 @subsection Define CPU targets working in SMP
1706 @cindex SMP
1707 After setting targets, you can define a list of targets working in SMP.
1708
1709 @example
1710 set _TARGETNAME_1 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1711 set _TARGETNAME_2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu2
1712 target create $_TARGETNAME_1 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1713 -coreid 0 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG1
1714 target create $_TARGETNAME_2 cortex_a8 -chain-position $_CHIPNAME.dap \
1715 -coreid 1 -dbgbase $_DAP_DBG2
1716 #define 2 targets working in smp.
1717 target smp $_CHIPNAME.cpu2 $_CHIPNAME.cpu1
1718 @end example
1719 In the above example on cortex_a8, 2 cpus are working in SMP.
1720 In SMP only one GDB instance is created and :
1721 @itemize @bullet
1722 @item a set of hardware breakpoint sets the same breakpoint on all targets in the list.
1723 @item halt command triggers the halt of all targets in the list.
1724 @item resume command triggers the write context and the restart of all targets in the list.
1725 @item following a breakpoint: the target stopped by the breakpoint is displayed to the GDB session.
1726 @item dedicated GDB serial protocol packets are implemented for switching/retrieving the target
1727 displayed by the GDB session @pxref{Using openocd SMP with GDB}.
1728 @end itemize
1729
1730 The SMP behaviour can be disabled/enabled dynamically. On cortex_a8 following
1731 command have been implemented.
1732 @itemize @bullet
1733 @item cortex_a8 smp_on : enable SMP mode, behaviour is as described above.
1734 @item cortex_a8 smp_off : disable SMP mode, the current target is the one
1735 displayed in the GDB session, only this target is now controlled by GDB
1736 session. This behaviour is useful during system boot up.
1737 @item cortex_a8 smp_gdb : display/fix the core id displayed in GDB session see
1738 following example.
1739 @end itemize
1740
1741 @example
1742 >cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1743 gdb coreid 0 -> -1
1744 #0 : coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1745 #-> -1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1746 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb 1
1747 gdb coreid 0 -> 1
1748 #0 :coreid 0 is displayed to GDB ,
1749 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1750 > resume
1751 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb
1752 gdb coreid 1 -> 1
1753 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB ,
1754 #->1 : next resume displays coreid 1 to GDB
1755 > cortex_a8 smp_gdb -1
1756 gdb coreid 1 -> -1
1757 #1 :coreid 1 is displayed to GDB,
1758 #->-1 : next resume triggers a real resume
1759 @end example
1760
1761
1762 @subsection Chip Reset Setup
1763
1764 As a rule, you should put the @command{reset_config} command
1765 into the board file. Most things you think you know about a
1766 chip can be tweaked by the board.
1767
1768 Some chips have specific ways the TRST and SRST signals are
1769 managed. In the unusual case that these are @emph{chip specific}
1770 and can never be changed by board wiring, they could go here.
1771 For example, some chips can't support JTAG debugging without
1772 both signals.
1773
1774 Provide a @code{reset-assert} event handler if you can.
1775 Such a handler uses JTAG operations to reset the target,
1776 letting this target config be used in systems which don't
1777 provide the optional SRST signal, or on systems where you
1778 don't want to reset all targets at once.
1779 Such a handler might write to chip registers to force a reset,
1780 use a JRC to do that (preferable -- the target may be wedged!),
1781 or force a watchdog timer to trigger.
1782 (For Cortex-M3 targets, this is not necessary. The target
1783 driver knows how to use trigger an NVIC reset when SRST is
1784 not available.)
1785
1786 Some chips need special attention during reset handling if
1787 they're going to be used with JTAG.
1788 An example might be needing to send some commands right
1789 after the target's TAP has been reset, providing a
1790 @code{reset-deassert-post} event handler that writes a chip
1791 register to report that JTAG debugging is being done.
1792 Another would be reconfiguring the watchdog so that it stops
1793 counting while the core is halted in the debugger.
1794
1795 JTAG clocking constraints often change during reset, and in
1796 some cases target config files (rather than board config files)
1797 are the right places to handle some of those issues.
1798 For example, immediately after reset most chips run using a
1799 slower clock than they will use later.
1800 That means that after reset (and potentially, as OpenOCD
1801 first starts up) they must use a slower JTAG clock rate
1802 than they will use later.
1803 @xref{JTAG Speed}.
1804
1805 @quotation Important
1806 When you are debugging code that runs right after chip
1807 reset, getting these issues right is critical.
1808 In particular, if you see intermittent failures when
1809 OpenOCD verifies the scan chain after reset,
1810 look at how you are setting up JTAG clocking.
1811 @end quotation
1812
1813 @subsection ARM Core Specific Hacks
1814
1815 If the chip has a DCC, enable it. If the chip is an ARM9 with some
1816 special high speed download features - enable it.
1817
1818 If present, the MMU, the MPU and the CACHE should be disabled.
1819
1820 Some ARM cores are equipped with trace support, which permits
1821 examination of the instruction and data bus activity. Trace
1822 activity is controlled through an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM)
1823 on one of the core's scan chains. The ETM emits voluminous data
1824 through a ``trace port''. (@xref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.)
1825 If you are using an external trace port,
1826 configure it in your board config file.
1827 If you are using an on-chip ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB),
1828 configure it in your target config file.
1829
1830 @example
1831 etm config $_TARGETNAME 16 normal full etb
1832 etb config $_TARGETNAME $_CHIPNAME.etb
1833 @end example
1834
1835 @subsection Internal Flash Configuration
1836
1837 This applies @b{ONLY TO MICROCONTROLLERS} that have flash built in.
1838
1839 @b{Never ever} in the ``target configuration file'' define any type of
1840 flash that is external to the chip. (For example a BOOT flash on
1841 Chip Select 0.) Such flash information goes in a board file - not
1842 the TARGET (chip) file.
1843
1844 Examples:
1845 @itemize @bullet
1846 @item at91sam7x256 - has 256K flash YES enable it.
1847 @item str912 - has flash internal YES enable it.
1848 @item imx27 - uses boot flash on CS0 - it goes in the board file.
1849 @item pxa270 - again - CS0 flash - it goes in the board file.
1850 @end itemize
1851
1852 @anchor{Translating Configuration Files}
1853 @section Translating Configuration Files
1854 @cindex translation
1855 If you have a configuration file for another hardware debugger
1856 or toolset (Abatron, BDI2000, BDI3000, CCS,
1857 Lauterbach, Segger, Macraigor, etc.), translating
1858 it into OpenOCD syntax is often quite straightforward. The most tricky
1859 part of creating a configuration script is oftentimes the reset init
1860 sequence where e.g. PLLs, DRAM and the like is set up.
1861
1862 One trick that you can use when translating is to write small
1863 Tcl procedures to translate the syntax into OpenOCD syntax. This
1864 can avoid manual translation errors and make it easier to
1865 convert other scripts later on.
1866
1867 Example of transforming quirky arguments to a simple search and
1868 replace job:
1869
1870 @example
1871 # Lauterbach syntax(?)
1872 #
1873 # Data.Set c15:0x042f %long 0x40000015
1874 #
1875 # OpenOCD syntax when using procedure below.
1876 #
1877 # setc15 0x01 0x00050078
1878
1879 proc setc15 @{regs value@} @{
1880 global TARGETNAME
1881
1882 echo [format "set p15 0x%04x, 0x%08x" $regs $value]
1883
1884 arm mcr 15 [expr ($regs>>12)&0x7] \
1885 [expr ($regs>>0)&0xf] [expr ($regs>>4)&0xf] \
1886 [expr ($regs>>8)&0x7] $value
1887 @}
1888 @end example
1889
1890
1891
1892 @node Daemon Configuration
1893 @chapter Daemon Configuration
1894 @cindex initialization
1895 The commands here are commonly found in the openocd.cfg file and are
1896 used to specify what TCP/IP ports are used, and how GDB should be
1897 supported.
1898
1899 @anchor{Configuration Stage}
1900 @section Configuration Stage
1901 @cindex configuration stage
1902 @cindex config command
1903
1904 When the OpenOCD server process starts up, it enters a
1905 @emph{configuration stage} which is the only time that
1906 certain commands, @emph{configuration commands}, may be issued.
1907 Normally, configuration commands are only available
1908 inside startup scripts.
1909
1910 In this manual, the definition of a configuration command is
1911 presented as a @emph{Config Command}, not as a @emph{Command}
1912 which may be issued interactively.
1913 The runtime @command{help} command also highlights configuration
1914 commands, and those which may be issued at any time.
1915
1916 Those configuration commands include declaration of TAPs,
1917 flash banks,
1918 the interface used for JTAG communication,
1919 and other basic setup.
1920 The server must leave the configuration stage before it
1921 may access or activate TAPs.
1922 After it leaves this stage, configuration commands may no
1923 longer be issued.
1924
1925 @section Entering the Run Stage
1926
1927 The first thing OpenOCD does after leaving the configuration
1928 stage is to verify that it can talk to the scan chain
1929 (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1930 It will warn if it doesn't find TAPs it expects to find,
1931 or finds TAPs that aren't supposed to be there.
1932 You should see no errors at this point.
1933 If you see errors, resolve them by correcting the
1934 commands you used to configure the server.
1935 Common errors include using an initial JTAG speed that's too
1936 fast, and not providing the right IDCODE values for the TAPs
1937 on the scan chain.
1938
1939 Once OpenOCD has entered the run stage, a number of commands
1940 become available.
1941 A number of these relate to the debug targets you may have declared.
1942 For example, the @command{mww} command will not be available until
1943 a target has been successfuly instantiated.
1944 If you want to use those commands, you may need to force
1945 entry to the run stage.
1946
1947 @deffn {Config Command} init
1948 This command terminates the configuration stage and
1949 enters the run stage. This helps when you need to have
1950 the startup scripts manage tasks such as resetting the target,
1951 programming flash, etc. To reset the CPU upon startup, add "init" and
1952 "reset" at the end of the config script or at the end of the OpenOCD
1953 command line using the @option{-c} command line switch.
1954
1955 If this command does not appear in any startup/configuration file
1956 OpenOCD executes the command for you after processing all
1957 configuration files and/or command line options.
1958
1959 @b{NOTE:} This command normally occurs at or near the end of your
1960 openocd.cfg file to force OpenOCD to ``initialize'' and make the
1961 targets ready. For example: If your openocd.cfg file needs to
1962 read/write memory on your target, @command{init} must occur before
1963 the memory read/write commands. This includes @command{nand probe}.
1964 @end deffn
1965
1966 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} jtag_init
1967 This is invoked at server startup to verify that it can talk
1968 to the scan chain (list of TAPs) which has been configured.
1969
1970 The default implementation first tries @command{jtag arp_init},
1971 which uses only a lightweight JTAG reset before examining the
1972 scan chain.
1973 If that fails, it tries again, using a harder reset
1974 from the overridable procedure @command{init_reset}.
1975
1976 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
1977 they return.
1978 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
1979 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
1980 @end deffn
1981
1982 @anchor{TCP/IP Ports}
1983 @section TCP/IP Ports
1984 @cindex TCP port
1985 @cindex server
1986 @cindex port
1987 @cindex security
1988 The OpenOCD server accepts remote commands in several syntaxes.
1989 Each syntax uses a different TCP/IP port, which you may specify
1990 only during configuration (before those ports are opened).
1991
1992 For reasons including security, you may wish to prevent remote
1993 access using one or more of these ports.
1994 In such cases, just specify the relevant port number as zero.
1995 If you disable all access through TCP/IP, you will need to
1996 use the command line @option{-pipe} option.
1997
1998 @deffn {Command} gdb_port [number]
1999 @cindex GDB server
2000 Normally gdb listens to a TCP/IP port, but GDB can also
2001 communicate via pipes(stdin/out or named pipes). The name
2002 "gdb_port" stuck because it covers probably more than 90% of
2003 the normal use cases.
2004
2005 No arguments reports GDB port. "pipe" means listen to stdin
2006 output to stdout, an integer is base port number, "disable"
2007 disables the gdb server.
2008
2009 When using "pipe", also use log_output to redirect the log
2010 output to a file so as not to flood the stdin/out pipes.
2011
2012 The -p/--pipe option is deprecated and a warning is printed
2013 as it is equivalent to passing in -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log".
2014
2015 Any other string is interpreted as named pipe to listen to.
2016 Output pipe is the same name as input pipe, but with 'o' appended,
2017 e.g. /var/gdb, /var/gdbo.
2018
2019 The GDB port for the first target will be the base port, the
2020 second target will listen on gdb_port + 1, and so on.
2021 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2022 the port @var{number} defaults to 3333.
2023 @end deffn
2024
2025 @deffn {Command} tcl_port [number]
2026 Specify or query the port used for a simplified RPC
2027 connection that can be used by clients to issue TCL commands and get the
2028 output from the Tcl engine.
2029 Intended as a machine interface.
2030 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2031 the port @var{number} defaults to 6666.
2032
2033 @end deffn
2034
2035 @deffn {Command} telnet_port [number]
2036 Specify or query the
2037 port on which to listen for incoming telnet connections.
2038 This port is intended for interaction with one human through TCL commands.
2039 When not specified during the configuration stage,
2040 the port @var{number} defaults to 4444.
2041 When specified as zero, this port is not activated.
2042 @end deffn
2043
2044 @anchor{GDB Configuration}
2045 @section GDB Configuration
2046 @cindex GDB
2047 @cindex GDB configuration
2048 You can reconfigure some GDB behaviors if needed.
2049 The ones listed here are static and global.
2050 @xref{Target Configuration}, about configuring individual targets.
2051 @xref{Target Events}, about configuring target-specific event handling.
2052
2053 @anchor{gdb_breakpoint_override}
2054 @deffn {Command} gdb_breakpoint_override [@option{hard}|@option{soft}|@option{disable}]
2055 Force breakpoint type for gdb @command{break} commands.
2056 This option supports GDB GUIs which don't
2057 distinguish hard versus soft breakpoints, if the default OpenOCD and
2058 GDB behaviour is not sufficient. GDB normally uses hardware
2059 breakpoints if the memory map has been set up for flash regions.
2060 @end deffn
2061
2062 @anchor{gdb_flash_program}
2063 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_flash_program (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2064 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to program the flash memory when a
2065 vFlash packet is received.
2066 The default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2067 @end deffn
2068
2069 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_memory_map (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2070 Set to @option{enable} to cause OpenOCD to send the memory configuration to GDB when
2071 requested. GDB will then know when to set hardware breakpoints, and program flash
2072 using the GDB load command. @command{gdb_flash_program enable} must also be enabled
2073 for flash programming to work.
2074 Default behaviour is @option{enable}.
2075 @xref{gdb_flash_program}.
2076 @end deffn
2077
2078 @deffn {Config Command} gdb_report_data_abort (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
2079 Specifies whether data aborts cause an error to be reported
2080 by GDB memory read packets.
2081 The default behaviour is @option{disable};
2082 use @option{enable} see these errors reported.
2083 @end deffn
2084
2085 @anchor{Event Polling}
2086 @section Event Polling
2087
2088 Hardware debuggers are parts of asynchronous systems,
2089 where significant events can happen at any time.
2090 The OpenOCD server needs to detect some of these events,
2091 so it can report them to through TCL command line
2092 or to GDB.
2093
2094 Examples of such events include:
2095
2096 @itemize
2097 @item One of the targets can stop running ... maybe it triggers
2098 a code breakpoint or data watchpoint, or halts itself.
2099 @item Messages may be sent over ``debug message'' channels ... many
2100 targets support such messages sent over JTAG,
2101 for receipt by the person debugging or tools.
2102 @item Loss of power ... some adapters can detect these events.
2103 @item Resets not issued through JTAG ... such reset sources
2104 can include button presses or other system hardware, sometimes
2105 including the target itself (perhaps through a watchdog).
2106 @item Debug instrumentation sometimes supports event triggering
2107 such as ``trace buffer full'' (so it can quickly be emptied)
2108 or other signals (to correlate with code behavior).
2109 @end itemize
2110
2111 None of those events are signaled through standard JTAG signals.
2112 However, most conventions for JTAG connectors include voltage
2113 level and system reset (SRST) signal detection.
2114 Some connectors also include instrumentation signals, which
2115 can imply events when those signals are inputs.
2116
2117 In general, OpenOCD needs to periodically check for those events,
2118 either by looking at the status of signals on the JTAG connector
2119 or by sending synchronous ``tell me your status'' JTAG requests
2120 to the various active targets.
2121 There is a command to manage and monitor that polling,
2122 which is normally done in the background.
2123
2124 @deffn Command poll [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2125 Poll the current target for its current state.
2126 (Also, @pxref{target curstate}.)
2127 If that target is in debug mode, architecture
2128 specific information about the current state is printed.
2129 An optional parameter
2130 allows background polling to be enabled and disabled.
2131
2132 You could use this from the TCL command shell, or
2133 from GDB using @command{monitor poll} command.
2134 Leave background polling enabled while you're using GDB.
2135 @example
2136 > poll
2137 background polling: on
2138 target state: halted
2139 target halted in ARM state due to debug-request, \
2140 current mode: Supervisor
2141 cpsr: 0x800000d3 pc: 0x11081bfc
2142 MMU: disabled, D-Cache: disabled, I-Cache: enabled
2143 >
2144 @end example
2145 @end deffn
2146
2147 @node Debug Adapter Configuration
2148 @chapter Debug Adapter Configuration
2149 @cindex config file, interface
2150 @cindex interface config file
2151
2152 Correctly installing OpenOCD includes making your operating system give
2153 OpenOCD access to debug adapters. Once that has been done, Tcl commands
2154 are used to select which one is used, and to configure how it is used.
2155
2156 @quotation Note
2157 Because OpenOCD started out with a focus purely on JTAG, you may find
2158 places where it wrongly presumes JTAG is the only transport protocol
2159 in use. Be aware that recent versions of OpenOCD are removing that
2160 limitation. JTAG remains more functional than most other transports.
2161 Other transports do not support boundary scan operations, or may be
2162 specific to a given chip vendor. Some might be usable only for
2163 programming flash memory, instead of also for debugging.
2164 @end quotation
2165
2166 Debug Adapters/Interfaces/Dongles are normally configured
2167 through commands in an interface configuration
2168 file which is sourced by your @file{openocd.cfg} file, or
2169 through a command line @option{-f interface/....cfg} option.
2170
2171 @example
2172 source [find interface/olimex-jtag-tiny.cfg]
2173 @end example
2174
2175 These commands tell
2176 OpenOCD what type of JTAG adapter you have, and how to talk to it.
2177 A few cases are so simple that you only need to say what driver to use:
2178
2179 @example
2180 # jlink interface
2181 interface jlink
2182 @end example
2183
2184 Most adapters need a bit more configuration than that.
2185
2186
2187 @section Interface Configuration
2188
2189 The interface command tells OpenOCD what type of debug adapter you are
2190 using. Depending on the type of adapter, you may need to use one or
2191 more additional commands to further identify or configure the adapter.
2192
2193 @deffn {Config Command} {interface} name
2194 Use the interface driver @var{name} to connect to the
2195 target.
2196 @end deffn
2197
2198 @deffn Command {interface_list}
2199 List the debug adapter drivers that have been built into
2200 the running copy of OpenOCD.
2201 @end deffn
2202 @deffn Command {interface transports} transport_name+
2203 Specifies the transports supported by this debug adapter.
2204 The adapter driver builds-in similar knowledge; use this only
2205 when external configuration (such as jumpering) changes what
2206 the hardware can support.
2207 @end deffn
2208
2209
2210
2211 @deffn Command {adapter_name}
2212 Returns the name of the debug adapter driver being used.
2213 @end deffn
2214
2215 @section Interface Drivers
2216
2217 Each of the interface drivers listed here must be explicitly
2218 enabled when OpenOCD is configured, in order to be made
2219 available at run time.
2220
2221 @deffn {Interface Driver} {amt_jtagaccel}
2222 Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
2223 connected to a PC's EPP mode parallel port.
2224 This defines some driver-specific commands:
2225
2226 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} number
2227 Specifies either the address of the I/O port (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or
2228 the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2229 @end deffn
2230
2231 @deffn {Config Command} rtck [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
2232 Displays status of RTCK option.
2233 Optionally sets that option first.
2234 @end deffn
2235 @end deffn
2236
2237 @deffn {Interface Driver} {arm-jtag-ew}
2238 Olimex ARM-JTAG-EW USB adapter
2239 This has one driver-specific command:
2240
2241 @deffn Command {armjtagew_info}
2242 Logs some status
2243 @end deffn
2244 @end deffn
2245
2246 @deffn {Interface Driver} {at91rm9200}
2247 Supports bitbanged JTAG from the local system,
2248 presuming that system is an Atmel AT91rm9200
2249 and a specific set of GPIOs is used.
2250 @c command: at91rm9200_device NAME
2251 @c chooses among list of bit configs ... only one option
2252 @end deffn
2253
2254 @deffn {Interface Driver} {dummy}
2255 A dummy software-only driver for debugging.
2256 @end deffn
2257
2258 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ep93xx}
2259 Cirrus Logic EP93xx based single-board computer bit-banging (in development)
2260 @end deffn
2261
2262 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ft2232}
2263 FTDI FT2232 (USB) based devices over one of the userspace libraries.
2264 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2265 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2266
2267 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_device_desc} description
2268 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2269 of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not
2270 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2271 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2272 @end deffn
2273
2274 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_serial} serial-number
2275 Specifies the @var{serial-number} of the FTDI FT2232 device to use,
2276 in case the vendor provides unique IDs and more than one FT2232 device
2277 is connected to the host.
2278 If not specified, serial numbers are not considered.
2279 (Note that USB serial numbers can be arbitrary Unicode strings,
2280 and are not restricted to containing only decimal digits.)
2281 @end deffn
2282
2283 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_layout} name
2284 Each vendor's FT2232 device can use different GPIO signals
2285 to control output-enables, reset signals, and LEDs.
2286 Currently valid layout @var{name} values include:
2287 @itemize @minus
2288 @item @b{axm0432_jtag} Axiom AXM-0432
2289 @item @b{comstick} Hitex STR9 comstick
2290 @item @b{cortino} Hitex Cortino JTAG interface
2291 @item @b{evb_lm3s811} Luminary Micro EVB_LM3S811 as a JTAG interface,
2292 either for the local Cortex-M3 (SRST only)
2293 or in a passthrough mode (neither SRST nor TRST)
2294 This layout can not support the SWO trace mechanism, and should be
2295 used only for older boards (before rev C).
2296 @item @b{luminary_icdi} This layout should be used with most Luminary
2297 eval boards, including Rev C LM3S811 eval boards and the eponymous
2298 ICDI boards, to debug either the local Cortex-M3 or in passthrough mode
2299 to debug some other target. It can support the SWO trace mechanism.
2300 @item @b{flyswatter} Tin Can Tools Flyswatter
2301 @item @b{icebear} ICEbear JTAG adapter from Section 5
2302 @item @b{jtagkey} Amontec JTAGkey and JTAGkey-Tiny (and compatibles)
2303 @item @b{jtagkey2} Amontec JTAGkey2 (and compatibles)
2304 @item @b{m5960} American Microsystems M5960
2305 @item @b{olimex-jtag} Olimex ARM-USB-OCD and ARM-USB-Tiny
2306 @item @b{oocdlink} OOCDLink
2307 @c oocdlink ~= jtagkey_prototype_v1
2308 @item @b{redbee-econotag} Integrated with a Redbee development board.
2309 @item @b{redbee-usb} Integrated with a Redbee USB-stick development board.
2310 @item @b{sheevaplug} Marvell Sheevaplug development kit
2311 @item @b{signalyzer} Xverve Signalyzer
2312 @item @b{stm32stick} Hitex STM32 Performance Stick
2313 @item @b{turtelizer2} egnite Software turtelizer2
2314 @item @b{usbjtag} "USBJTAG-1" layout described in the OpenOCD diploma thesis
2315 @end itemize
2316 @end deffn
2317
2318 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_vid_pid} [vid pid]+
2319 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT2232 device. If not specified, the FTDI
2320 default values are used.
2321 Currently, up to eight [@var{vid}, @var{pid}] pairs may be given, e.g.
2322 @example
2323 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xcff8 0x15ba 0x0003
2324 @end example
2325 @end deffn
2326
2327 @deffn {Config Command} {ft2232_latency} ms
2328 On some systems using FT2232 based JTAG interfaces the FT_Read function call in
2329 ft2232_read() fails to return the expected number of bytes. This can be caused by
2330 USB communication delays and has proved hard to reproduce and debug. Setting the
2331 FT2232 latency timer to a larger value increases delays for short USB packets but it
2332 also reduces the risk of timeouts before receiving the expected number of bytes.
2333 The OpenOCD default value is 2 and for some systems a value of 10 has proved useful.
2334 @end deffn
2335
2336 For example, the interface config file for a
2337 Turtelizer JTAG Adapter looks something like this:
2338
2339 @example
2340 interface ft2232
2341 ft2232_device_desc "Turtelizer JTAG/RS232 Adapter"
2342 ft2232_layout turtelizer2
2343 ft2232_vid_pid 0x0403 0xbdc8
2344 @end example
2345 @end deffn
2346
2347 @deffn {Interface Driver} {remote_bitbang}
2348 Drive JTAG from a remote process. This sets up a UNIX or TCP socket connection
2349 with a remote process and sends ASCII encoded bitbang requests to that process
2350 instead of directly driving JTAG.
2351
2352 The remote_bitbang driver is useful for debugging software running on
2353 processors which are being simulated.
2354
2355 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_port} number
2356 Specifies the TCP port of the remote process to connect to or 0 to use UNIX
2357 sockets instead of TCP.
2358 @end deffn
2359
2360 @deffn {Config Command} {remote_bitbang_host} hostname
2361 Specifies the hostname of the remote process to connect to using TCP, or the
2362 name of the UNIX socket to use if remote_bitbang_port is 0.
2363 @end deffn
2364
2365 For example, to connect remotely via TCP to the host foobar you might have
2366 something like:
2367
2368 @example
2369 interface remote_bitbang
2370 remote_bitbang_port 3335
2371 remote_bitbang_host foobar
2372 @end example
2373
2374 To connect to another process running locally via UNIX sockets with socket
2375 named mysocket:
2376
2377 @example
2378 interface remote_bitbang
2379 remote_bitbang_port 0
2380 remote_bitbang_host mysocket
2381 @end example
2382 @end deffn
2383
2384 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usb_blaster}
2385 USB JTAG/USB-Blaster compatibles over one of the userspace libraries
2386 for FTDI chips. These interfaces have several commands, used to
2387 configure the driver before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2388
2389 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_device_desc} description
2390 Provides the USB device description (the @emph{iProduct string})
2391 of the FTDI FT245 device. If not
2392 specified, the FTDI default value is used. This setting is only valid
2393 if compiled with FTD2XX support.
2394 @end deffn
2395
2396 @deffn {Config Command} {usb_blaster_vid_pid} vid pid
2397 The vendor ID and product ID of the FTDI FT245 device. If not specified,
2398 default values are used.
2399 Currently, only one @var{vid}, @var{pid} pair may be given, e.g. for
2400 Altera USB-Blaster (default):
2401 @example
2402 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x09FB 0x6001
2403 @end example
2404 The following VID/PID is for Kolja Waschk's USB JTAG:
2405 @example
2406 usb_blaster_vid_pid 0x16C0 0x06AD
2407 @end example
2408 @end deffn
2409
2410 @deffn {Command} {usb_blaster} (@option{pin6}|@option{pin8}) (@option{0}|@option{1})
2411 Sets the state of the unused GPIO pins on USB-Blasters (pins 6 and 8 on the
2412 female JTAG header). These pins can be used as SRST and/or TRST provided the
2413 appropriate connections are made on the target board.
2414
2415 For example, to use pin 6 as SRST (as with an AVR board):
2416 @example
2417 $_TARGETNAME configure -event reset-assert \
2418 "usb_blaster pin6 1; wait 1; usb_blaster pin6 0"
2419 @end example
2420 @end deffn
2421
2422 @end deffn
2423
2424 @deffn {Interface Driver} {gw16012}
2425 Gateworks GW16012 JTAG programmer.
2426 This has one driver-specific command:
2427
2428 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2429 Display either the address of the I/O port
2430 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2431 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2432 This is a write-once setting.
2433 @end deffn
2434 @end deffn
2435
2436 @deffn {Interface Driver} {jlink}
2437 Segger jlink USB adapter
2438 @c command: jlink caps
2439 @c dumps jlink capabilities
2440 @c command: jlink config
2441 @c access J-Link configurationif no argument this will dump the config
2442 @c command: jlink config kickstart [val]
2443 @c set Kickstart power on JTAG-pin 19.
2444 @c command: jlink config mac_address [ff:ff:ff:ff:ff:ff]
2445 @c set the MAC Address
2446 @c command: jlink config ip [A.B.C.D[/E] [F.G.H.I]]
2447 @c set the ip address of the J-Link Pro, "
2448 @c where A.B.C.D is the ip,
2449 @c E the bit of the subnet mask
2450 @c F.G.H.I the subnet mask
2451 @c command: jlink config reset
2452 @c reset the current config
2453 @c command: jlink config save
2454 @c save the current config
2455 @c command: jlink config usb_address [0x00 to 0x03 or 0xff]
2456 @c set the USB-Address,
2457 @c This will change the product id
2458 @c command: jlink info
2459 @c dumps status
2460 @c command: jlink hw_jtag (2|3)
2461 @c sets version 2 or 3
2462 @c command: jlink pid
2463 @c set the pid of the interface we want to use
2464 @end deffn
2465
2466 @deffn {Interface Driver} {parport}
2467 Supports PC parallel port bit-banging cables:
2468 Wigglers, PLD download cable, and more.
2469 These interfaces have several commands, used to configure the driver
2470 before initializing the JTAG scan chain:
2471
2472 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_cable} name
2473 Set the layout of the parallel port cable used to connect to the target.
2474 This is a write-once setting.
2475 Currently valid cable @var{name} values include:
2476
2477 @itemize @minus
2478 @item @b{altium} Altium Universal JTAG cable.
2479 @item @b{arm-jtag} Same as original wiggler except SRST and
2480 TRST connections reversed and TRST is also inverted.
2481 @item @b{chameleon} The Amontec Chameleon's CPLD when operated
2482 in configuration mode. This is only used to
2483 program the Chameleon itself, not a connected target.
2484 @item @b{dlc5} The Xilinx Parallel cable III.
2485 @item @b{flashlink} The ST Parallel cable.
2486 @item @b{lattice} Lattice ispDOWNLOAD Cable
2487 @item @b{old_amt_wiggler} The Wiggler configuration that comes with
2488 some versions of
2489 Amontec's Chameleon Programmer. The new version available from
2490 the website uses the original Wiggler layout ('@var{wiggler}')
2491 @item @b{triton} The parallel port adapter found on the
2492 ``Karo Triton 1 Development Board''.
2493 This is also the layout used by the HollyGates design
2494 (see @uref{http://www.lartmaker.nl/projects/jtag/}).
2495 @item @b{wiggler} The original Wiggler layout, also supported by
2496 several clones, such as the Olimex ARM-JTAG
2497 @item @b{wiggler2} Same as original wiggler except an led is fitted on D5.
2498 @item @b{wiggler_ntrst_inverted} Same as original wiggler except TRST is inverted.
2499 @end itemize
2500 @end deffn
2501
2502 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_port} [port_number]
2503 Display either the address of the I/O port
2504 (default: 0x378 for LPT1) or the number of the @file{/dev/parport} device.
2505 If a parameter is provided, first switch to use that port.
2506 This is a write-once setting.
2507
2508 When using PPDEV to access the parallel port, use the number of the parallel port:
2509 @option{parport_port 0} (the default). If @option{parport_port 0x378} is specified
2510 you may encounter a problem.
2511 @end deffn
2512
2513 @deffn Command {parport_toggling_time} [nanoseconds]
2514 Displays how many nanoseconds the hardware needs to toggle TCK;
2515 the parport driver uses this value to obey the
2516 @command{adapter_khz} configuration.
2517 When the optional @var{nanoseconds} parameter is given,
2518 that setting is changed before displaying the current value.
2519
2520 The default setting should work reasonably well on commodity PC hardware.
2521 However, you may want to calibrate for your specific hardware.
2522 @quotation Tip
2523 To measure the toggling time with a logic analyzer or a digital storage
2524 oscilloscope, follow the procedure below:
2525 @example
2526 > parport_toggling_time 1000
2527 > adapter_khz 500
2528 @end example
2529 This sets the maximum JTAG clock speed of the hardware, but
2530 the actual speed probably deviates from the requested 500 kHz.
2531 Now, measure the time between the two closest spaced TCK transitions.
2532 You can use @command{runtest 1000} or something similar to generate a
2533 large set of samples.
2534 Update the setting to match your measurement:
2535 @example
2536 > parport_toggling_time <measured nanoseconds>
2537 @end example
2538 Now the clock speed will be a better match for @command{adapter_khz rate}
2539 commands given in OpenOCD scripts and event handlers.
2540
2541 You can do something similar with many digital multimeters, but note
2542 that you'll probably need to run the clock continuously for several
2543 seconds before it decides what clock rate to show. Adjust the
2544 toggling time up or down until the measured clock rate is a good
2545 match for the adapter_khz rate you specified; be conservative.
2546 @end quotation
2547 @end deffn
2548
2549 @deffn {Config Command} {parport_write_on_exit} (@option{on}|@option{off})
2550 This will configure the parallel driver to write a known
2551 cable-specific value to the parallel interface on exiting OpenOCD.
2552 @end deffn
2553
2554 For example, the interface configuration file for a
2555 classic ``Wiggler'' cable on LPT2 might look something like this:
2556
2557 @example
2558 interface parport
2559 parport_port 0x278
2560 parport_cable wiggler
2561 @end example
2562 @end deffn
2563
2564 @deffn {Interface Driver} {presto}
2565 ASIX PRESTO USB JTAG programmer.
2566 @deffn {Config Command} {presto_serial} serial_string
2567 Configures the USB serial number of the Presto device to use.
2568 @end deffn
2569 @end deffn
2570
2571 @deffn {Interface Driver} {rlink}
2572 Raisonance RLink USB adapter
2573 @end deffn
2574
2575 @deffn {Interface Driver} {usbprog}
2576 usbprog is a freely programmable USB adapter.
2577 @end deffn
2578
2579 @deffn {Interface Driver} {vsllink}
2580 vsllink is part of Versaloon which is a versatile USB programmer.
2581
2582 @quotation Note
2583 This defines quite a few driver-specific commands,
2584 which are not currently documented here.
2585 @end quotation
2586 @end deffn
2587
2588 @deffn {Interface Driver} {stlink}
2589 ST Micro ST-LINK adapter.
2590 @end deffn
2591
2592 @deffn {Interface Driver} {ZY1000}
2593 This is the Zylin ZY1000 JTAG debugger.
2594 @end deffn
2595
2596 @quotation Note
2597 This defines some driver-specific commands,
2598 which are not currently documented here.
2599 @end quotation
2600
2601 @deffn Command power [@option{on}|@option{off}]
2602 Turn power switch to target on/off.
2603 No arguments: print status.
2604 @end deffn
2605
2606 @section Transport Configuration
2607 @cindex Transport
2608 As noted earlier, depending on the version of OpenOCD you use,
2609 and the debug adapter you are using,
2610 several transports may be available to
2611 communicate with debug targets (or perhaps to program flash memory).
2612 @deffn Command {transport list}
2613 displays the names of the transports supported by this
2614 version of OpenOCD.
2615 @end deffn
2616
2617 @deffn Command {transport select} transport_name
2618 Select which of the supported transports to use in this OpenOCD session.
2619 The transport must be supported by the debug adapter hardware and by the
2620 version of OPenOCD you are using (including the adapter's driver).
2621 No arguments: returns name of session's selected transport.
2622 @end deffn
2623
2624 @subsection JTAG Transport
2625 @cindex JTAG
2626 JTAG is the original transport supported by OpenOCD, and most
2627 of the OpenOCD commands support it.
2628 JTAG transports expose a chain of one or more Test Access Points (TAPs),
2629 each of which must be explicitly declared.
2630 JTAG supports both debugging and boundary scan testing.
2631 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2632 @subsection SWD Transport
2633 @cindex SWD
2634 @cindex Serial Wire Debug
2635 SWD (Serial Wire Debug) is an ARM-specific transport which exposes one
2636 Debug Access Point (DAP, which must be explicitly declared.
2637 (SWD uses fewer signal wires than JTAG.)
2638 SWD is debug-oriented, and does not support boundary scan testing.
2639 Flash programming support is built on top of debug support.
2640 (Some processors support both JTAG and SWD.)
2641 @deffn Command {swd newdap} ...
2642 Declares a single DAP which uses SWD transport.
2643 Parameters are currently the same as "jtag newtap" but this is
2644 expected to change.
2645 @end deffn
2646 @deffn Command {swd wcr trn prescale}
2647 Updates TRN (turnaraound delay) and prescaling.fields of the
2648 Wire Control Register (WCR).
2649 No parameters: displays current settings.
2650 @end deffn
2651
2652 @subsection SPI Transport
2653 @cindex SPI
2654 @cindex Serial Peripheral Interface
2655 The Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) is a general purpose transport
2656 which uses four wire signaling. Some processors use it as part of a
2657 solution for flash programming.
2658
2659 @anchor{JTAG Speed}
2660 @section JTAG Speed
2661 JTAG clock setup is part of system setup.
2662 It @emph{does not belong with interface setup} since any interface
2663 only knows a few of the constraints for the JTAG clock speed.
2664 Sometimes the JTAG speed is
2665 changed during the target initialization process: (1) slow at
2666 reset, (2) program the CPU clocks, (3) run fast.
2667 Both the "slow" and "fast" clock rates are functions of the
2668 oscillators used, the chip, the board design, and sometimes
2669 power management software that may be active.
2670
2671 The speed used during reset, and the scan chain verification which
2672 follows reset, can be adjusted using a @code{reset-start}
2673 target event handler.
2674 It can then be reconfigured to a faster speed by a
2675 @code{reset-init} target event handler after it reprograms those
2676 CPU clocks, or manually (if something else, such as a boot loader,
2677 sets up those clocks).
2678 @xref{Target Events}.
2679 When the initial low JTAG speed is a chip characteristic, perhaps
2680 because of a required oscillator speed, provide such a handler
2681 in the target config file.
2682 When that speed is a function of a board-specific characteristic
2683 such as which speed oscillator is used, it belongs in the board
2684 config file instead.
2685 In both cases it's safest to also set the initial JTAG clock rate
2686 to that same slow speed, so that OpenOCD never starts up using a
2687 clock speed that's faster than the scan chain can support.
2688
2689 @example
2690 jtag_rclk 3000
2691 $_TARGET.cpu configure -event reset-start @{ jtag_rclk 3000 @}
2692 @end example
2693
2694 If your system supports adaptive clocking (RTCK), configuring
2695 JTAG to use that is probably the most robust approach.
2696 However, it introduces delays to synchronize clocks; so it
2697 may not be the fastest solution.
2698
2699 @b{NOTE:} Script writers should consider using @command{jtag_rclk}
2700 instead of @command{adapter_khz}, but only for (ARM) cores and boards
2701 which support adaptive clocking.
2702
2703 @deffn {Command} adapter_khz max_speed_kHz
2704 A non-zero speed is in KHZ. Hence: 3000 is 3mhz.
2705 JTAG interfaces usually support a limited number of
2706 speeds. The speed actually used won't be faster
2707 than the speed specified.
2708
2709 Chip data sheets generally include a top JTAG clock rate.
2710 The actual rate is often a function of a CPU core clock,
2711 and is normally less than that peak rate.
2712 For example, most ARM cores accept at most one sixth of the CPU clock.
2713
2714 Speed 0 (khz) selects RTCK method.
2715 @xref{FAQ RTCK}.
2716 If your system uses RTCK, you won't need to change the
2717 JTAG clocking after setup.
2718 Not all interfaces, boards, or targets support ``rtck''.
2719 If the interface device can not
2720 support it, an error is returned when you try to use RTCK.
2721 @end deffn
2722
2723 @defun jtag_rclk fallback_speed_kHz
2724 @cindex adaptive clocking
2725 @cindex RTCK
2726 This Tcl proc (defined in @file{startup.tcl}) attempts to enable RTCK/RCLK.
2727 If that fails (maybe the interface, board, or target doesn't
2728 support it), falls back to the specified frequency.
2729 @example
2730 # Fall back to 3mhz if RTCK is not supported
2731 jtag_rclk 3000
2732 @end example
2733 @end defun
2734
2735 @node Reset Configuration
2736 @chapter Reset Configuration
2737 @cindex Reset Configuration
2738
2739 Every system configuration may require a different reset
2740 configuration. This can also be quite confusing.
2741 Resets also interact with @var{reset-init} event handlers,
2742 which do things like setting up clocks and DRAM, and
2743 JTAG clock rates. (@xref{JTAG Speed}.)
2744 They can also interact with JTAG routers.
2745 Please see the various board files for examples.
2746
2747 @quotation Note
2748 To maintainers and integrators:
2749 Reset configuration touches several things at once.
2750 Normally the board configuration file
2751 should define it and assume that the JTAG adapter supports
2752 everything that's wired up to the board's JTAG connector.
2753
2754 However, the target configuration file could also make note
2755 of something the silicon vendor has done inside the chip,
2756 which will be true for most (or all) boards using that chip.
2757 And when the JTAG adapter doesn't support everything, the
2758 user configuration file will need to override parts of
2759 the reset configuration provided by other files.
2760 @end quotation
2761
2762 @section Types of Reset
2763
2764 There are many kinds of reset possible through JTAG, but
2765 they may not all work with a given board and adapter.
2766 That's part of why reset configuration can be error prone.
2767
2768 @itemize @bullet
2769 @item
2770 @emph{System Reset} ... the @emph{SRST} hardware signal
2771 resets all chips connected to the JTAG adapter, such as processors,
2772 power management chips, and I/O controllers. Normally resets triggered
2773 with this signal behave exactly like pressing a RESET button.
2774 @item
2775 @emph{JTAG TAP Reset} ... the @emph{TRST} hardware signal resets
2776 just the TAP controllers connected to the JTAG adapter.
2777 Such resets should not be visible to the rest of the system; resetting a
2778 device's TAP controller just puts that controller into a known state.
2779 @item
2780 @emph{Emulation Reset} ... many devices can be reset through JTAG
2781 commands. These resets are often distinguishable from system
2782 resets, either explicitly (a "reset reason" register says so)
2783 or implicitly (not all parts of the chip get reset).
2784 @item
2785 @emph{Other Resets} ... system-on-chip devices often support
2786 several other types of reset.
2787 You may need to arrange that a watchdog timer stops
2788 while debugging, preventing a watchdog reset.
2789 There may be individual module resets.
2790 @end itemize
2791
2792 In the best case, OpenOCD can hold SRST, then reset
2793 the TAPs via TRST and send commands through JTAG to halt the
2794 CPU at the reset vector before the 1st instruction is executed.
2795 Then when it finally releases the SRST signal, the system is
2796 halted under debugger control before any code has executed.
2797 This is the behavior required to support the @command{reset halt}
2798 and @command{reset init} commands; after @command{reset init} a
2799 board-specific script might do things like setting up DRAM.
2800 (@xref{Reset Command}.)
2801
2802 @anchor{SRST and TRST Issues}
2803 @section SRST and TRST Issues
2804
2805 Because SRST and TRST are hardware signals, they can have a
2806 variety of system-specific constraints. Some of the most
2807 common issues are:
2808
2809 @itemize @bullet
2810
2811 @item @emph{Signal not available} ... Some boards don't wire
2812 SRST or TRST to the JTAG connector. Some JTAG adapters don't
2813 support such signals even if they are wired up.
2814 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{signals} options to say
2815 when either of those signals is not connected.
2816 When SRST is not available, your code might not be able to rely
2817 on controllers having been fully reset during code startup.
2818 Missing TRST is not a problem, since JTAG-level resets can
2819 be triggered using with TMS signaling.
2820
2821 @item @emph{Signals shorted} ... Sometimes a chip, board, or
2822 adapter will connect SRST to TRST, instead of keeping them separate.
2823 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{combination} options to say
2824 when those signals aren't properly independent.
2825
2826 @item @emph{Timing} ... Reset circuitry like a resistor/capacitor
2827 delay circuit, reset supervisor, or on-chip features can extend
2828 the effect of a JTAG adapter's reset for some time after the adapter
2829 stops issuing the reset. For example, there may be chip or board
2830 requirements that all reset pulses last for at least a
2831 certain amount of time; and reset buttons commonly have
2832 hardware debouncing.
2833 Use the @command{adapter_nsrst_delay} and @command{jtag_ntrst_delay}
2834 commands to say when extra delays are needed.
2835
2836 @item @emph{Drive type} ... Reset lines often have a pullup
2837 resistor, letting the JTAG interface treat them as open-drain
2838 signals. But that's not a requirement, so the adapter may need
2839 to use push/pull output drivers.
2840 Also, with weak pullups it may be advisable to drive
2841 signals to both levels (push/pull) to minimize rise times.
2842 Use the @command{reset_config} @var{trst_type} and
2843 @var{srst_type} parameters to say how to drive reset signals.
2844
2845 @item @emph{Special initialization} ... Targets sometimes need
2846 special JTAG initialization sequences to handle chip-specific
2847 issues (not limited to errata).
2848 For example, certain JTAG commands might need to be issued while
2849 the system as a whole is in a reset state (SRST active)
2850 but the JTAG scan chain is usable (TRST inactive).
2851 Many systems treat combined assertion of SRST and TRST as a
2852 trigger for a harder reset than SRST alone.
2853 Such custom reset handling is discussed later in this chapter.
2854 @end itemize
2855
2856 There can also be other issues.
2857 Some devices don't fully conform to the JTAG specifications.
2858 Trivial system-specific differences are common, such as
2859 SRST and TRST using slightly different names.
2860 There are also vendors who distribute key JTAG documentation for
2861 their chips only to developers who have signed a Non-Disclosure
2862 Agreement (NDA).
2863
2864 Sometimes there are chip-specific extensions like a requirement to use
2865 the normally-optional TRST signal (precluding use of JTAG adapters which
2866 don't pass TRST through), or needing extra steps to complete a TAP reset.
2867
2868 In short, SRST and especially TRST handling may be very finicky,
2869 needing to cope with both architecture and board specific constraints.
2870
2871 @section Commands for Handling Resets
2872
2873 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_assert_width milliseconds
2874 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2875 after asserting nSRST (active-low system reset) before
2876 allowing it to be deasserted.
2877 @end deffn
2878
2879 @deffn {Command} adapter_nsrst_delay milliseconds
2880 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2881 nSRST (active-low system reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2882 When a board has a reset button connected to SRST line it will
2883 probably have hardware debouncing, implying you should use this.
2884 @end deffn
2885
2886 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_assert_width milliseconds
2887 Minimum amount of time (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait
2888 after asserting nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before
2889 allowing it to be deasserted.
2890 @end deffn
2891
2892 @deffn {Command} jtag_ntrst_delay milliseconds
2893 How long (in milliseconds) OpenOCD should wait after deasserting
2894 nTRST (active-low JTAG TAP reset) before starting new JTAG operations.
2895 @end deffn
2896
2897 @deffn {Command} reset_config mode_flag ...
2898 This command displays or modifies the reset configuration
2899 of your combination of JTAG board and target in target
2900 configuration scripts.
2901
2902 Information earlier in this section describes the kind of problems
2903 the command is intended to address (@pxref{SRST and TRST Issues}).
2904 As a rule this command belongs only in board config files,
2905 describing issues like @emph{board doesn't connect TRST};
2906 or in user config files, addressing limitations derived
2907 from a particular combination of interface and board.
2908 (An unlikely example would be using a TRST-only adapter
2909 with a board that only wires up SRST.)
2910
2911 The @var{mode_flag} options can be specified in any order, but only one
2912 of each type -- @var{signals}, @var{combination},
2913 @var{gates},
2914 @var{trst_type},
2915 and @var{srst_type} -- may be specified at a time.
2916 If you don't provide a new value for a given type, its previous
2917 value (perhaps the default) is unchanged.
2918 For example, this means that you don't need to say anything at all about
2919 TRST just to declare that if the JTAG adapter should want to drive SRST,
2920 it must explicitly be driven high (@option{srst_push_pull}).
2921
2922 @itemize
2923 @item
2924 @var{signals} can specify which of the reset signals are connected.
2925 For example, If the JTAG interface provides SRST, but the board doesn't
2926 connect that signal properly, then OpenOCD can't use it.
2927 Possible values are @option{none} (the default), @option{trst_only},
2928 @option{srst_only} and @option{trst_and_srst}.
2929
2930 @quotation Tip
2931 If your board provides SRST and/or TRST through the JTAG connector,
2932 you must declare that so those signals can be used.
2933 @end quotation
2934
2935 @item
2936 The @var{combination} is an optional value specifying broken reset
2937 signal implementations.
2938 The default behaviour if no option given is @option{separate},
2939 indicating everything behaves normally.
2940 @option{srst_pulls_trst} states that the
2941 test logic is reset together with the reset of the system (e.g. NXP
2942 LPC2000, "broken" board layout), @option{trst_pulls_srst} says that
2943 the system is reset together with the test logic (only hypothetical, I
2944 haven't seen hardware with such a bug, and can be worked around).
2945 @option{combined} implies both @option{srst_pulls_trst} and
2946 @option{trst_pulls_srst}.
2947
2948 @item
2949 The @var{gates} tokens control flags that describe some cases where
2950 JTAG may be unvailable during reset.
2951 @option{srst_gates_jtag} (default)
2952 indicates that asserting SRST gates the
2953 JTAG clock. This means that no communication can happen on JTAG
2954 while SRST is asserted.
2955 Its converse is @option{srst_nogate}, indicating that JTAG commands
2956 can safely be issued while SRST is active.
2957 @end itemize
2958
2959 The optional @var{trst_type} and @var{srst_type} parameters allow the
2960 driver mode of each reset line to be specified. These values only affect
2961 JTAG interfaces with support for different driver modes, like the Amontec
2962 JTAGkey and JTAG Accelerator. Also, they are necessarily ignored if the
2963 relevant signal (TRST or SRST) is not connected.
2964
2965 @itemize
2966 @item
2967 Possible @var{trst_type} driver modes for the test reset signal (TRST)
2968 are the default @option{trst_push_pull}, and @option{trst_open_drain}.
2969 Most boards connect this signal to a pulldown, so the JTAG TAPs
2970 never leave reset unless they are hooked up to a JTAG adapter.
2971
2972 @item
2973 Possible @var{srst_type} driver modes for the system reset signal (SRST)
2974 are the default @option{srst_open_drain}, and @option{srst_push_pull}.
2975 Most boards connect this signal to a pullup, and allow the
2976 signal to be pulled low by various events including system
2977 powerup and pressing a reset button.
2978 @end itemize
2979 @end deffn
2980
2981 @section Custom Reset Handling
2982 @cindex events
2983
2984 OpenOCD has several ways to help support the various reset
2985 mechanisms provided by chip and board vendors.
2986 The commands shown in the previous section give standard parameters.
2987 There are also @emph{event handlers} associated with TAPs or Targets.
2988 Those handlers are Tcl procedures you can provide, which are invoked
2989 at particular points in the reset sequence.
2990
2991 @emph{When SRST is not an option} you must set
2992 up a @code{reset-assert} event handler for your target.
2993 For example, some JTAG adapters don't include the SRST signal;
2994 and some boards have multiple targets, and you won't always
2995 want to reset everything at once.
2996
2997 After configuring those mechanisms, you might still
2998 find your board doesn't start up or reset correctly.
2999 For example, maybe it needs a slightly different sequence
3000 of SRST and/or TRST manipulations, because of quirks that
3001 the @command{reset_config} mechanism doesn't address;
3002 or asserting both might trigger a stronger reset, which
3003 needs special attention.
3004
3005 Experiment with lower level operations, such as @command{jtag_reset}
3006 and the @command{jtag arp_*} operations shown here,
3007 to find a sequence of operations that works.
3008 @xref{JTAG Commands}.
3009 When you find a working sequence, it can be used to override
3010 @command{jtag_init}, which fires during OpenOCD startup
3011 (@pxref{Configuration Stage});
3012 or @command{init_reset}, which fires during reset processing.
3013
3014 You might also want to provide some project-specific reset
3015 schemes. For example, on a multi-target board the standard
3016 @command{reset} command would reset all targets, but you
3017 may need the ability to reset only one target at time and
3018 thus want to avoid using the board-wide SRST signal.
3019
3020 @deffn {Overridable Procedure} init_reset mode
3021 This is invoked near the beginning of the @command{reset} command,
3022 usually to provide as much of a cold (power-up) reset as practical.
3023 By default it is also invoked from @command{jtag_init} if
3024 the scan chain does not respond to pure JTAG operations.
3025 The @var{mode} parameter is the parameter given to the
3026 low level reset command (@option{halt},
3027 @option{init}, or @option{run}), @option{setup},
3028 or potentially some other value.
3029
3030 The default implementation just invokes @command{jtag arp_init-reset}.
3031 Replacements will normally build on low level JTAG
3032 operations such as @command{jtag_reset}.
3033 Operations here must not address individual TAPs
3034 (or their associated targets)
3035 until the JTAG scan chain has first been verified to work.
3036
3037 Implementations must have verified the JTAG scan chain before
3038 they return.
3039 This is done by calling @command{jtag arp_init}
3040 (or @command{jtag arp_init-reset}).
3041 @end deffn
3042
3043 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init}
3044 This validates the scan chain using just the four
3045 standard JTAG signals (TMS, TCK, TDI, TDO).
3046 It starts by issuing a JTAG-only reset.
3047 Then it performs checks to verify that the scan chain configuration
3048 matches the TAPs it can observe.
3049 Those checks include checking IDCODE values for each active TAP,
3050 and verifying the length of their instruction registers using
3051 TAP @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} values.
3052 If these tests all pass, TAP @code{setup} events are
3053 issued to all TAPs with handlers for that event.
3054 @end deffn
3055
3056 @deffn Command {jtag arp_init-reset}
3057 This uses TRST and SRST to try resetting
3058 everything on the JTAG scan chain
3059 (and anything else connected to SRST).
3060 It then invokes the logic of @command{jtag arp_init}.
3061 @end deffn
3062
3063
3064 @node TAP Declaration
3065 @chapter TAP Declaration
3066 @cindex TAP declaration
3067 @cindex TAP configuration
3068
3069 @emph{Test Access Ports} (TAPs) are the core of JTAG.
3070 TAPs serve many roles, including:
3071
3072 @itemize @bullet
3073 @item @b{Debug Target} A CPU TAP can be used as a GDB debug target
3074 @item @b{Flash Programing} Some chips program the flash directly via JTAG.
3075 Others do it indirectly, making a CPU do it.
3076 @item @b{Program Download} Using the same CPU support GDB uses,
3077 you can initialize a DRAM controller, download code to DRAM, and then
3078 start running that code.
3079 @item @b{Boundary Scan} Most chips support boundary scan, which
3080 helps test for board assembly problems like solder bridges
3081 and missing connections
3082 @end itemize
3083
3084 OpenOCD must know about the active TAPs on your board(s).
3085 Setting up the TAPs is the core task of your configuration files.
3086 Once those TAPs are set up, you can pass their names to code
3087 which sets up CPUs and exports them as GDB targets,
3088 probes flash memory, performs low-level JTAG operations, and more.
3089
3090 @section Scan Chains
3091 @cindex scan chain
3092
3093 TAPs are part of a hardware @dfn{scan chain},
3094 which is daisy chain of TAPs.
3095 They also need to be added to
3096 OpenOCD's software mirror of that hardware list,
3097 giving each member a name and associating other data with it.
3098 Simple scan chains, with a single TAP, are common in
3099 systems with a single microcontroller or microprocessor.
3100 More complex chips may have several TAPs internally.
3101 Very complex scan chains might have a dozen or more TAPs:
3102 several in one chip, more in the next, and connecting
3103 to other boards with their own chips and TAPs.
3104
3105 You can display the list with the @command{scan_chain} command.
3106 (Don't confuse this with the list displayed by the @command{targets}
3107 command, presented in the next chapter.
3108 That only displays TAPs for CPUs which are configured as
3109 debugging targets.)
3110 Here's what the scan chain might look like for a chip more than one TAP:
3111
3112 @verbatim
3113 TapName Enabled IdCode Expected IrLen IrCap IrMask
3114 -- ------------------ ------- ---------- ---------- ----- ----- ------
3115 0 omap5912.dsp Y 0x03df1d81 0x03df1d81 38 0x01 0x03
3116 1 omap5912.arm Y 0x0692602f 0x0692602f 4 0x01 0x0f
3117 2 omap5912.unknown Y 0x00000000 0x00000000 8 0x01 0x03
3118 @end verbatim
3119
3120 OpenOCD can detect some of that information, but not all
3121 of it. @xref{Autoprobing}.
3122 Unfortunately those TAPs can't always be autoconfigured,
3123 because not all devices provide good support for that.
3124 JTAG doesn't require supporting IDCODE instructions, and
3125 chips with JTAG routers may not link TAPs into the chain
3126 until they are told to do so.
3127
3128 The configuration mechanism currently supported by OpenOCD
3129 requires explicit configuration of all TAP devices using
3130 @command{jtag newtap} commands, as detailed later in this chapter.
3131 A command like this would declare one tap and name it @code{chip1.cpu}:
3132
3133 @example
3134 jtag newtap chip1 cpu -irlen 4 -expected-id 0x3ba00477
3135 @end example
3136
3137 Each target configuration file lists the TAPs provided
3138 by a given chip.
3139 Board configuration files combine all the targets on a board,
3140 and so forth.
3141 Note that @emph{the order in which TAPs are declared is very important.}
3142 It must match the order in the JTAG scan chain, both inside
3143 a single chip and between them.
3144 @xref{FAQ TAP Order}.
3145
3146 For example, the ST Microsystems STR912 chip has
3147 three separate TAPs@footnote{See the ST
3148 document titled: @emph{STR91xFAxxx, Section 3.15 Jtag Interface, Page:
3149 28/102, Figure 3: JTAG chaining inside the STR91xFA}.
3150 @url{http://eu.st.com/stonline/products/literature/ds/13495.pdf}}.
3151 To configure those taps, @file{target/str912.cfg}
3152 includes commands something like this:
3153
3154 @example
3155 jtag newtap str912 flash ... params ...
3156 jtag newtap str912 cpu ... params ...
3157 jtag newtap str912 bs ... params ...
3158 @end example
3159
3160 Actual config files use a variable instead of literals like
3161 @option{str912}, to support more than one chip of each type.
3162 @xref{Config File Guidelines}.
3163
3164 @deffn Command {jtag names}
3165 Returns the names of all current TAPs in the scan chain.
3166 Use @command{jtag cget} or @command{jtag tapisenabled}
3167 to examine attributes and state of each TAP.
3168 @example
3169 foreach t [jtag names] @{
3170 puts [format "TAP: %s\n" $t]
3171 @}
3172 @end example
3173 @end deffn
3174
3175 @deffn Command {scan_chain}
3176 Displays the TAPs in the scan chain configuration,
3177 and their status.
3178 The set of TAPs listed by this command is fixed by
3179 exiting the OpenOCD configuration stage,
3180 but systems with a JTAG router can
3181 enable or disable TAPs dynamically.
3182 @end deffn
3183
3184 @c FIXME! "jtag cget" should be able to return all TAP
3185 @c attributes, like "$target_name cget" does for targets.
3186
3187 @c Probably want "jtag eventlist", and a "tap-reset" event
3188 @c (on entry to RESET state).
3189
3190 @section TAP Names
3191 @cindex dotted name
3192
3193 When TAP objects are declared with @command{jtag newtap},
3194 a @dfn{dotted.name} is created for the TAP, combining the
3195 name of a module (usually a chip) and a label for the TAP.
3196 For example: @code{xilinx.tap}, @code{str912.flash},
3197 @code{omap3530.jrc}, @code{dm6446.dsp}, or @code{stm32.cpu}.
3198 Many other commands use that dotted.name to manipulate or
3199 refer to the TAP. For example, CPU configuration uses the
3200 name, as does declaration of NAND or NOR flash banks.
3201
3202 The components of a dotted name should follow ``C'' symbol
3203 name rules: start with an alphabetic character, then numbers
3204 and underscores are OK; while others (including dots!) are not.
3205
3206 @quotation Tip
3207 In older code, JTAG TAPs were numbered from 0..N.
3208 This feature is still present.
3209 However its use is highly discouraged, and
3210 should not be relied on; it will be removed by mid-2010.
3211 Update all of your scripts to use TAP names rather than numbers,
3212 by paying attention to the runtime warnings they trigger.
3213 Using TAP numbers in target configuration scripts prevents
3214 reusing those scripts on boards with multiple targets.
3215 @end quotation
3216
3217 @section TAP Declaration Commands
3218
3219 @c shouldn't this be(come) a {Config Command}?
3220 @anchor{jtag newtap}
3221 @deffn Command {jtag newtap} chipname tapname configparams...
3222 Declares a new TAP with the dotted name @var{chipname}.@var{tapname},
3223 and configured according to the various @var{configparams}.
3224
3225 The @var{chipname} is a symbolic name for the chip.
3226 Conventionally target config files use @code{$_CHIPNAME},
3227 defaulting to the model name given by the chip vendor but
3228 overridable.
3229
3230 @cindex TAP naming convention
3231 The @var{tapname} reflects the role of that TAP,
3232 and should follow this convention:
3233
3234 @itemize @bullet
3235 @item @code{bs} -- For boundary scan if this is a seperate TAP;
3236 @item @code{cpu} -- The main CPU of the chip, alternatively
3237 @code{arm} and @code{dsp} on chips with both ARM and DSP CPUs,
3238 @code{arm1} and @code{arm2} on chips two ARMs, and so forth;
3239 @item @code{etb} -- For an embedded trace buffer (example: an ARM ETB11);
3240 @item @code{flash} -- If the chip has a flash TAP, like the str912;
3241 @item @code{jrc} -- For JTAG route controller (example: the ICEpick modules
3242 on many Texas Instruments chips, like the OMAP3530 on Beagleboards);
3243 @item @code{tap} -- Should be used only FPGA or CPLD like devices
3244 with a single TAP;
3245 @item @code{unknownN} -- If you have no idea what the TAP is for (N is a number);
3246 @item @emph{when in doubt} -- Use the chip maker's name in their data sheet.
3247 For example, the Freescale IMX31 has a SDMA (Smart DMA) with
3248 a JTAG TAP; that TAP should be named @code{sdma}.
3249 @end itemize
3250
3251 Every TAP requires at least the following @var{configparams}:
3252
3253 @itemize @bullet
3254 @item @code{-irlen} @var{NUMBER}
3255 @*The length in bits of the
3256 instruction register, such as 4 or 5 bits.
3257 @end itemize
3258
3259 A TAP may also provide optional @var{configparams}:
3260
3261 @itemize @bullet
3262 @item @code{-disable} (or @code{-enable})
3263 @*Use the @code{-disable} parameter to flag a TAP which is not
3264 linked in to the scan chain after a reset using either TRST
3265 or the JTAG state machine's @sc{reset} state.
3266 You may use @code{-enable} to highlight the default state
3267 (the TAP is linked in).
3268 @xref{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}.
3269 @item @code{-expected-id} @var{number}
3270 @*A non-zero @var{number} represents a 32-bit IDCODE
3271 which you expect to find when the scan chain is examined.
3272 These codes are not required by all JTAG devices.
3273 @emph{Repeat the option} as many times as required if more than one
3274 ID code could appear (for example, multiple versions).
3275 Specify @var{number} as zero to suppress warnings about IDCODE
3276 values that were found but not included in the list.
3277
3278 Provide this value if at all possible, since it lets OpenOCD
3279 tell when the scan chain it sees isn't right. These values
3280 are provided in vendors' chip documentation, usually a technical
3281 reference manual. Sometimes you may need to probe the JTAG
3282 hardware to find these values.
3283 @xref{Autoprobing}.
3284 @item @code{-ignore-version}
3285 @*Specify this to ignore the JTAG version field in the @code{-expected-id}
3286 option. When vendors put out multiple versions of a chip, or use the same
3287 JTAG-level ID for several largely-compatible chips, it may be more practical
3288 to ignore the version field than to update config files to handle all of
3289 the various chip IDs.
3290 @item @code{-ircapture} @var{NUMBER}
3291 @*The bit pattern loaded by the TAP into the JTAG shift register
3292 on entry to the @sc{ircapture} state, such as 0x01.
3293 JTAG requires the two LSBs of this value to be 01.
3294 By default, @code{-ircapture} and @code{-irmask} are set
3295 up to verify that two-bit value. You may provide
3296 additional bits, if you know them, or indicate that
3297 a TAP doesn't conform to the JTAG specification.
3298 @item @code{-irmask} @var{NUMBER}
3299 @*A mask used with @code{-ircapture}
3300 to verify that instruction scans work correctly.
3301 Such scans are not used by OpenOCD except to verify that
3302 there seems to be no problems with JTAG scan chain operations.
3303 @end itemize
3304 @end deffn
3305
3306 @section Other TAP commands
3307
3308 @deffn Command {jtag cget} dotted.name @option{-event} name
3309 @deffnx Command {jtag configure} dotted.name @option{-event} name string
3310 At this writing this TAP attribute
3311 mechanism is used only for event handling.
3312 (It is not a direct analogue of the @code{cget}/@code{configure}
3313 mechanism for debugger targets.)
3314 See the next section for information about the available events.
3315
3316 The @code{configure} subcommand assigns an event handler,
3317 a TCL string which is evaluated when the event is triggered.
3318 The @code{cget} subcommand returns that handler.
3319 @end deffn
3320
3321 @anchor{TAP Events}
3322 @section TAP Events
3323 @cindex events
3324 @cindex TAP events
3325
3326 OpenOCD includes two event mechanisms.
3327 The one presented here applies to all JTAG TAPs.
3328 The other applies to debugger targets,
3329 which are associated with certain TAPs.
3330
3331 The TAP events currently defined are:
3332
3333 @itemize @bullet
3334 @item @b{post-reset}
3335 @* The TAP has just completed a JTAG reset.
3336 The tap may still be in the JTAG @sc{reset} state.
3337 Handlers for these events might perform initialization sequences
3338 such as issuing TCK cycles, TMS sequences to ensure
3339 exit from the ARM SWD mode, and more.
3340
3341 Because the scan chain has not yet been verified, handlers for these events
3342 @emph{should not issue commands which scan the JTAG IR or DR registers}
3343 of any particular target.
3344 @b{NOTE:} As this is written (September 2009), nothing prevents such access.
3345 @item @b{setup}
3346 @* The scan chain has been reset and verified.
3347 This handler may enable TAPs as needed.
3348 @item @b{tap-disable}
3349 @* The TAP needs to be disabled. This handler should
3350 implement @command{jtag tapdisable}
3351 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3352 @item @b{tap-enable}
3353 @* The TAP needs to be enabled. This handler should
3354 implement @command{jtag tapenable}
3355 by issuing the relevant JTAG commands.
3356 @end itemize
3357
3358 If you need some action after each JTAG reset, which isn't actually
3359 specific to any TAP (since you can't yet trust the scan chain's
3360 contents to be accurate), you might:
3361
3362 @example
3363 jtag configure CHIP.jrc -event post-reset @{
3364 echo "JTAG Reset done"
3365 ... non-scan jtag operations to be done after reset
3366 @}
3367 @end example
3368
3369
3370 @anchor{Enabling and Disabling TAPs}
3371 @section Enabling and Disabling TAPs
3372 @cindex JTAG Route Controller
3373 @cindex jrc
3374
3375 In some systems, a @dfn{JTAG Route Controller} (JRC)
3376 is used to enable and/or disable specific JTAG TAPs.
3377 Many ARM based chips from Texas Instruments include
3378 an ``ICEpick'' module, which is a JRC.
3379 Such chips include DaVinci and OMAP3 processors.
3380
3381 A given TAP may not be visible until the JRC has been
3382 told to link it into the scan chain; and if the JRC
3383 has been told to unlink that TAP, it will no longer
3384 be visible.
3385 Such routers address problems that JTAG ``bypass mode''
3386 ignores, such as:
3387
3388 @itemize
3389 @item The scan chain can only go as fast as its slowest TAP.
3390 @item Having many TAPs slows instruction scans, since all
3391 TAPs receive new instructions.
3392 @item TAPs in the scan chain must be powered up, which wastes
3393 power and prevents debugging some power management mechanisms.
3394 @end itemize
3395
3396 The IEEE 1149.1 JTAG standard has no concept of a ``disabled'' tap,
3397 as implied by the existence of JTAG routers.
3398 However, the upcoming IEEE 1149.7 framework (layered on top of JTAG)
3399 does include a kind of JTAG router functionality.
3400
3401 @c (a) currently the event handlers don't seem to be able to
3402 @c fail in a way that could lead to no-change-of-state.
3403
3404 In OpenOCD, tap enabling/disabling is invoked by the Tcl commands
3405 shown below, and is implemented using TAP event handlers.
3406 So for example, when defining a TAP for a CPU connected to
3407 a JTAG router, your @file{target.cfg} file
3408 should define TAP event handlers using
3409 code that looks something like this:
3410
3411 @example
3412 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-enable @{
3413 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3414 @}
3415 jtag configure CHIP.cpu -event tap-disable @{
3416 ... jtag operations using CHIP.jrc
3417 @}
3418 @end example
3419
3420 Then you might want that CPU's TAP enabled almost all the time:
3421
3422 @example
3423 jtag configure $CHIP.jrc -event setup "jtag tapenable $CHIP.cpu"
3424 @end example
3425
3426 Note how that particular setup event handler declaration
3427 uses quotes to evaluate @code{$CHIP} when the event is configured.
3428 Using brackets @{ @} would cause it to be evaluated later,
3429 at runtime, when it might have a different value.
3430
3431 @deffn Command {jtag tapdisable} dotted.name
3432 If necessary, disables the tap
3433 by sending it a @option{tap-disable} event.
3434 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3435 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3436 and "0" if it is disabled.
3437 @end deffn
3438
3439 @deffn Command {jtag tapenable} dotted.name
3440 If necessary, enables the tap
3441 by sending it a @option{tap-enable} event.
3442 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3443 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3444 and "0" if it is disabled.
3445 @end deffn
3446
3447 @deffn Command {jtag tapisenabled} dotted.name
3448 Returns the string "1" if the tap
3449 specified by @var{dotted.name} is enabled,
3450 and "0" if it is disabled.
3451
3452 @quotation Note
3453 Humans will find the @command{scan_chain} command more helpful
3454 for querying the state of the JTAG taps.
3455 @end quotation
3456 @end deffn
3457
3458 @anchor{Autoprobing}
3459 @section Autoprobing
3460 @cindex autoprobe
3461 @cindex JTAG autoprobe
3462
3463 TAP configuration is the first thing that needs to be done
3464 after interface and reset configuration. Sometimes it's
3465 hard finding out what TAPs exist, or how they are identified.
3466 Vendor documentation is not always easy to find and use.
3467
3468 To help you get past such problems, OpenOCD has a limited
3469 @emph{autoprobing} ability to look at the scan chain, doing
3470 a @dfn{blind interrogation} and then reporting the TAPs it finds.
3471 To use this mechanism, start the OpenOCD server with only data
3472 that configures your JTAG interface, and arranges to come up
3473 with a slow clock (many devices don't support fast JTAG clocks
3474 right when they come out of reset).
3475
3476 For example, your @file{openocd.cfg} file might have:
3477
3478 @example
3479 source [find interface/olimex-arm-usb-tiny-h.cfg]
3480 reset_config trst_and_srst
3481 jtag_rclk 8
3482 @end example
3483
3484 When you start the server without any TAPs configured, it will
3485 attempt to autoconfigure the TAPs. There are two parts to this:
3486
3487 @enumerate
3488 @item @emph{TAP discovery} ...
3489 After a JTAG reset (sometimes a system reset may be needed too),
3490 each TAP's data registers will hold the contents of either the
3491 IDCODE or BYPASS register.
3492 If JTAG communication is working, OpenOCD will see each TAP,
3493 and report what @option{-expected-id} to use with it.
3494 @item @emph{IR Length discovery} ...
3495 Unfortunately JTAG does not provide a reliable way to find out
3496 the value of the @option{-irlen} parameter to use with a TAP
3497 that is discovered.
3498 If OpenOCD can discover the length of a TAP's instruction
3499 register, it will report it.
3500 Otherwise you may need to consult vendor documentation, such
3501 as chip data sheets or BSDL files.
3502 @end enumerate
3503
3504 In many cases your board will have a simple scan chain with just
3505 a single device. Here's what OpenOCD reported with one board
3506 that's a bit more complex:
3507
3508 @example
3509 clock speed 8 kHz
3510 There are no enabled taps. AUTO PROBING MIGHT NOT WORK!!
3511 AUTO auto0.tap - use "jtag newtap auto0 tap -expected-id 0x2b900f0f ..."
3512 AUTO auto1.tap - use "jtag newtap auto1 tap -expected-id 0x07926001 ..."
3513 AUTO auto2.tap - use "jtag newtap auto2 tap -expected-id 0x0b73b02f ..."
3514 AUTO auto0.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3515 AUTO auto1.tap - use "... -irlen 4"
3516 AUTO auto2.tap - use "... -irlen 6"
3517 no gdb ports allocated as no target has been specified
3518 @end example
3519
3520 Given that information, you should be able to either find some existing
3521 config files to use, or create your own. If you create your own, you
3522 would configure from the bottom up: first a @file{target.cfg} file
3523 with these TAPs, any targets associated with them, and any on-chip
3524 resources; then a @file{board.cfg} with off-chip resources, clocking,
3525 and so forth.
3526
3527 @node CPU Configuration
3528 @chapter CPU Configuration
3529 @cindex GDB target
3530
3531 This chapter discusses how to set up GDB debug targets for CPUs.
3532 You can also access these targets without GDB
3533 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands},
3534 and @ref{Target State handling}) and
3535 through various kinds of NAND and NOR flash commands.
3536 If you have multiple CPUs you can have multiple such targets.
3537
3538 We'll start by looking at how to examine the targets you have,
3539 then look at how to add one more target and how to configure it.
3540
3541 @section Target List
3542 @cindex target, current
3543 @cindex target, list
3544
3545 All targets that have been set up are part of a list,
3546 where each member has a name.
3547 That name should normally be the same as the TAP name.
3548 You can display the list with the @command{targets}
3549 (plural!) command.
3550 This display often has only one CPU; here's what it might
3551 look like with more than one:
3552 @verbatim
3553 TargetName Type Endian TapName State
3554 -- ------------------ ---------- ------ ------------------ ------------
3555 0* at91rm9200.cpu arm920t little at91rm9200.cpu running
3556 1 MyTarget cortex_m3 little mychip.foo tap-disabled
3557 @end verbatim
3558
3559 One member of that list is the @dfn{current target}, which
3560 is implicitly referenced by many commands.
3561 It's the one marked with a @code{*} near the target name.
3562 In particular, memory addresses often refer to the address
3563 space seen by that current target.
3564 Commands like @command{mdw} (memory display words)
3565 and @command{flash erase_address} (erase NOR flash blocks)
3566 are examples; and there are many more.
3567
3568 Several commands let you examine the list of targets:
3569
3570 @deffn Command {target count}
3571 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3572 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.
3573 Iterate target using @command{target names}, not by counting.}
3574
3575 Returns the number of targets, @math{N}.
3576 The highest numbered target is @math{N - 1}.
3577 @example
3578 set c [target count]
3579 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < $c @} @{ incr x @} @{
3580 # Assuming you have created this function
3581 print_target_details $x
3582 @}
3583 @end example
3584 @end deffn
3585
3586 @deffn Command {target current}
3587 Returns the name of the current target.
3588 @end deffn
3589
3590 @deffn Command {target names}
3591 Lists the names of all current targets in the list.
3592 @example
3593 foreach t [target names] @{
3594 puts [format "Target: %s\n" $t]
3595 @}
3596 @end example
3597 @end deffn
3598
3599 @deffn Command {target number} number
3600 @emph{Note: target numbers are deprecated; don't use them.
3601 They will be removed shortly after August 2010, including this command.}
3602
3603 The list of targets is numbered starting at zero.
3604 This command returns the name of the target at index @var{number}.
3605 @example
3606 set thename [target number $x]
3607 puts [format "Target %d is: %s\n" $x $thename]
3608 @end example
3609 @end deffn
3610
3611 @c yep, "target list" would have been better.
3612 @c plus maybe "target setdefault".
3613
3614 @deffn Command targets [name]
3615 @emph{Note: the name of this command is plural. Other target
3616 command names are singular.}
3617
3618 With no parameter, this command displays a table of all known
3619 targets in a user friendly form.
3620
3621 With a parameter, this command sets the current target to
3622 the given target with the given @var{name}; this is
3623 only relevant on boards which have more than one target.
3624 @end deffn
3625
3626 @section Target CPU Types and Variants
3627 @cindex target type
3628 @cindex CPU type
3629 @cindex CPU variant
3630
3631 Each target has a @dfn{CPU type}, as shown in the output of
3632 the @command{targets} command. You need to specify that type
3633 when calling @command{target create}.
3634 The CPU type indicates more than just the instruction set.
3635 It also indicates how that instruction set is implemented,
3636 what kind of debug support it integrates,
3637 whether it has an MMU (and if so, what kind),
3638 what core-specific commands may be available
3639 (@pxref{Architecture and Core Commands}),
3640 and more.
3641
3642 For some CPU types, OpenOCD also defines @dfn{variants} which
3643 indicate differences that affect their handling.
3644 For example, a particular implementation bug might need to be
3645 worked around in some chip versions.
3646
3647 It's easy to see what target types are supported,
3648 since there's a command to list them.
3649 However, there is currently no way to list what target variants
3650 are supported (other than by reading the OpenOCD source code).
3651
3652 @anchor{target types}
3653 @deffn Command {target types}
3654 Lists all supported target types.
3655 At this writing, the supported CPU types and variants are:
3656
3657 @itemize @bullet
3658 @item @code{arm11} -- this is a generation of ARMv6 cores
3659 @item @code{arm720t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3660 @item @code{arm7tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3661 @item @code{arm920t} -- this is an ARMv4 core with an MMU
3662 @item @code{arm926ejs} -- this is an ARMv5 core with an MMU
3663 @item @code{arm966e} -- this is an ARMv5 core
3664 @item @code{arm9tdmi} -- this is an ARMv4 core
3665 @item @code{avr} -- implements Atmel's 8-bit AVR instruction set.
3666 (Support for this is preliminary and incomplete.)
3667 @item @code{cortex_a8} -- this is an ARMv7 core with an MMU
3668 @item @code{cortex_m3} -- this is an ARMv7 core, supporting only the
3669 compact Thumb2 instruction set.
3670 @item @code{dragonite} -- resembles arm966e
3671 @item @code{dsp563xx} -- implements Freescale's 24-bit DSP.
3672 (Support for this is still incomplete.)
3673 @item @code{fa526} -- resembles arm920 (w/o Thumb)
3674 @item @code{feroceon} -- resembles arm926
3675 @item @code{mips_m4k} -- a MIPS core. This supports one variant:
3676 @item @code{xscale} -- this is actually an architecture,
3677 not a CPU type. It is based on the ARMv5 architecture.
3678 There are several variants defined:
3679 @itemize @minus
3680 @item @code{ixp42x}, @code{ixp45x}, @code{ixp46x},
3681 @code{pxa27x} ... instruction register length is 7 bits
3682 @item @code{pxa250}, @code{pxa255},
3683 @code{pxa26x} ... instruction register length is 5 bits
3684 @item @code{pxa3xx} ... instruction register length is 11 bits
3685 @end itemize
3686 @end itemize
3687 @end deffn
3688
3689 To avoid being confused by the variety of ARM based cores, remember
3690 this key point: @emph{ARM is a technology licencing company}.
3691 (See: @url{http://www.arm.com}.)
3692 The CPU name used by OpenOCD will reflect the CPU design that was
3693 licenced, not a vendor brand which incorporates that design.
3694 Name prefixes like arm7, arm9, arm11, and cortex
3695 reflect design generations;
3696 while names like ARMv4, ARMv5, ARMv6, and ARMv7
3697 reflect an architecture version implemented by a CPU design.
3698
3699 @anchor{Target Configuration}
3700 @section Target Configuration
3701
3702 Before creating a ``target'', you must have added its TAP to the scan chain.
3703 When you've added that TAP, you will have a @code{dotted.name}
3704 which is used to set up the CPU support.
3705 The chip-specific configuration file will normally configure its CPU(s)
3706 right after it adds all of the chip's TAPs to the scan chain.
3707
3708 Although you can set up a target in one step, it's often clearer if you
3709 use shorter commands and do it in two steps: create it, then configure
3710 optional parts.
3711 All operations on the target after it's created will use a new
3712 command, created as part of target creation.
3713
3714 The two main things to configure after target creation are
3715 a work area, which usually has target-specific defaults even
3716 if the board setup code overrides them later;
3717 and event handlers (@pxref{Target Events}), which tend
3718 to be much more board-specific.
3719 The key steps you use might look something like this
3720
3721 @example
3722 target create MyTarget cortex_m3 -chain-position mychip.cpu
3723 $MyTarget configure -work-area-phys 0x08000 -work-area-size 8096
3724 $MyTarget configure -event reset-deassert-pre @{ jtag_rclk 5 @}
3725 $MyTarget configure -event reset-init @{ myboard_reinit @}
3726 @end example
3727
3728 You should specify a working area if you can; typically it uses some
3729 on-chip SRAM.
3730 Such a working area can speed up many things, including bulk
3731 writes to target memory;
3732 flash operations like checking to see if memory needs to be erased;
3733 GDB memory checksumming;
3734 and more.
3735
3736 @quotation Warning
3737 On more complex chips, the work area can become
3738 inaccessible when application code
3739 (such as an operating system)
3740 enables or disables the MMU.
3741 For example, the particular MMU context used to acess the virtual
3742 address will probably matter ... and that context might not have
3743 easy access to other addresses needed.
3744 At this writing, OpenOCD doesn't have much MMU intelligence.
3745 @end quotation
3746
3747 It's often very useful to define a @code{reset-init} event handler.
3748 For systems that are normally used with a boot loader,
3749 common tasks include updating clocks and initializing memory
3750 controllers.
3751 That may be needed to let you write the boot loader into flash,
3752 in order to ``de-brick'' your board; or to load programs into
3753 external DDR memory without having run the boot loader.
3754
3755 @deffn Command {target create} target_name type configparams...
3756 This command creates a GDB debug target that refers to a specific JTAG tap.
3757 It enters that target into a list, and creates a new
3758 command (@command{@var{target_name}}) which is used for various
3759 purposes including additional configuration.
3760
3761 @itemize @bullet
3762 @item @var{target_name} ... is the name of the debug target.
3763 By convention this should be the same as the @emph{dotted.name}
3764 of the TAP associated with this target, which must be specified here
3765 using the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} configparam.
3766
3767 This name is also used to create the target object command,
3768 referred to here as @command{$target_name},
3769 and in other places the target needs to be identified.
3770 @item @var{type} ... specifies the target type. @xref{target types}.
3771 @item @var{configparams} ... all parameters accepted by
3772 @command{$target_name configure} are permitted.
3773 If the target is big-endian, set it here with @code{-endian big}.
3774 If the variant matters, set it here with @code{-variant}.
3775
3776 You @emph{must} set the @code{-chain-position @var{dotted.name}} here.
3777 @end itemize
3778 @end deffn
3779
3780 @deffn Command {$target_name configure} configparams...
3781 The options accepted by this command may also be
3782 specified as parameters to @command{target create}.
3783 Their values can later be queried one at a time by
3784 using the @command{$target_name cget} command.
3785
3786 @emph{Warning:} changing some of these after setup is dangerous.
3787 For example, moving a target from one TAP to another;
3788 and changing its endianness or variant.
3789
3790 @itemize @bullet
3791
3792 @item @code{-chain-position} @var{dotted.name} -- names the TAP
3793 used to access this target.
3794
3795 @item @code{-endian} (@option{big}|@option{little}) -- specifies
3796 whether the CPU uses big or little endian conventions
3797
3798 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} @var{event_body} --
3799 @xref{Target Events}.
3800 Note that this updates a list of named event handlers.
3801 Calling this twice with two different event names assigns
3802 two different handlers, but calling it twice with the
3803 same event name assigns only one handler.
3804
3805 @item @code{-variant} @var{name} -- specifies a variant of the target,
3806 which OpenOCD needs to know about.
3807
3808 @item @code{-work-area-backup} (@option{0}|@option{1}) -- says
3809 whether the work area gets backed up; by default,
3810 @emph{it is not backed up.}
3811 When possible, use a working_area that doesn't need to be backed up,
3812 since performing a backup slows down operations.
3813 For example, the beginning of an SRAM block is likely to
3814 be used by most build systems, but the end is often unused.
3815
3816 @item @code{-work-area-size} @var{size} -- specify work are size,
3817 in bytes. The same size applies regardless of whether its physical
3818 or virtual address is being used.
3819
3820 @item @code{-work-area-phys} @var{address} -- set the work area
3821 base @var{address} to be used when no MMU is active.
3822
3823 @item @code{-work-area-virt} @var{address} -- set the work area
3824 base @var{address} to be used when an MMU is active.
3825 @emph{Do not specify a value for this except on targets with an MMU.}
3826 The value should normally correspond to a static mapping for the
3827 @code{-work-area-phys} address, set up by the current operating system.
3828
3829 @end itemize
3830 @end deffn
3831
3832 @section Other $target_name Commands
3833 @cindex object command
3834
3835 The Tcl/Tk language has the concept of object commands,
3836 and OpenOCD adopts that same model for targets.
3837
3838 A good Tk example is a on screen button.
3839 Once a button is created a button
3840 has a name (a path in Tk terms) and that name is useable as a first
3841 class command. For example in Tk, one can create a button and later
3842 configure it like this:
3843
3844 @example
3845 # Create
3846 button .foobar -background red -command @{ foo @}
3847 # Modify
3848 .foobar configure -foreground blue
3849 # Query
3850 set x [.foobar cget -background]
3851 # Report
3852 puts [format "The button is %s" $x]
3853 @end example
3854
3855 In OpenOCD's terms, the ``target'' is an object just like a Tcl/Tk
3856 button, and its object commands are invoked the same way.
3857
3858 @example
3859 str912.cpu mww 0x1234 0x42
3860 omap3530.cpu mww 0x5555 123
3861 @end example
3862
3863 The commands supported by OpenOCD target objects are:
3864
3865 @deffn Command {$target_name arp_examine}
3866 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_halt}
3867 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_poll}
3868 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_reset}
3869 @deffnx Command {$target_name arp_waitstate}
3870 Internal OpenOCD scripts (most notably @file{startup.tcl})
3871 use these to deal with specific reset cases.
3872 They are not otherwise documented here.
3873 @end deffn
3874
3875 @deffn Command {$target_name array2mem} arrayname width address count
3876 @deffnx Command {$target_name mem2array} arrayname width address count
3877 These provide an efficient script-oriented interface to memory.
3878 The @code{array2mem} primitive writes bytes, halfwords, or words;
3879 while @code{mem2array} reads them.
3880 In both cases, the TCL side uses an array, and
3881 the target side uses raw memory.
3882
3883 The efficiency comes from enabling the use of
3884 bulk JTAG data transfer operations.
3885 The script orientation comes from working with data
3886 values that are packaged for use by TCL scripts;
3887 @command{mdw} type primitives only print data they retrieve,
3888 and neither store nor return those values.
3889
3890 @itemize
3891 @item @var{arrayname} ... is the name of an array variable
3892 @item @var{width} ... is 8/16/32 - indicating the memory access size
3893 @item @var{address} ... is the target memory address
3894 @item @var{count} ... is the number of elements to process
3895 @end itemize
3896 @end deffn
3897
3898 @deffn Command {$target_name cget} queryparm
3899 Each configuration parameter accepted by
3900 @command{$target_name configure}
3901 can be individually queried, to return its current value.
3902 The @var{queryparm} is a parameter name
3903 accepted by that command, such as @code{-work-area-phys}.
3904 There are a few special cases:
3905
3906 @itemize @bullet
3907 @item @code{-event} @var{event_name} -- returns the handler for the
3908 event named @var{event_name}.
3909 This is a special case because setting a handler requires
3910 two parameters.
3911 @item @code{-type} -- returns the target type.
3912 This is a special case because this is set using
3913 @command{target create} and can't be changed
3914 using @command{$target_name configure}.
3915 @end itemize
3916
3917 For example, if you wanted to summarize information about
3918 all the targets you might use something like this:
3919
3920 @example
3921 foreach name [target names] @{
3922 set y [$name cget -endian]
3923 set z [$name cget -type]
3924 puts [format "Chip %d is %s, Endian: %s, type: %s" \
3925 $x $name $y $z]
3926 @}
3927 @end example
3928 @end deffn
3929
3930 @anchor{target curstate}
3931 @deffn Command {$target_name curstate}
3932 Displays the current target state:
3933 @code{debug-running},
3934 @code{halted},
3935 @code{reset},
3936 @code{running}, or @code{unknown}.
3937 (Also, @pxref{Event Polling}.)
3938 @end deffn
3939
3940 @deffn Command {$target_name eventlist}
3941 Displays a table listing all event handlers
3942 currently associated with this target.
3943 @xref{Target Events}.
3944 @end deffn
3945
3946 @deffn Command {$target_name invoke-event} event_name
3947 Invokes the handler for the event named @var{event_name}.
3948 (This is primarily intended for use by OpenOCD framework
3949 code, for example by the reset code in @file{startup.tcl}.)
3950 @end deffn
3951
3952 @deffn Command {$target_name mdw} addr [count]
3953 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdh} addr [count]
3954 @deffnx Command {$target_name mdb} addr [count]
3955 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
3956 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
3957 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
3958 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
3959 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
3960 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
3961 @end deffn
3962
3963 @deffn Command {$target_name mww} addr word
3964 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwh} addr halfword
3965 @deffnx Command {$target_name mwb} addr byte
3966 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
3967 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
3968 at the specified address @var{addr}.
3969 @end deffn
3970
3971 @anchor{Target Events}
3972 @section Target Events
3973 @cindex target events
3974 @cindex events
3975 At various times, certain things can happen, or you want them to happen.
3976 For example:
3977 @itemize @bullet
3978 @item What should happen when GDB connects? Should your target reset?
3979 @item When GDB tries to flash the target, do you need to enable the flash via a special command?
3980 @item Is using SRST appropriate (and possible) on your system?
3981 Or instead of that, do you need to issue JTAG commands to trigger reset?
3982 SRST usually resets everything on the scan chain, which can be inappropriate.
3983 @item During reset, do you need to write to certain memory locations
3984 to set up system clocks or
3985 to reconfigure the SDRAM?
3986 How about configuring the watchdog timer, or other peripherals,
3987 to stop running while you hold the core stopped for debugging?
3988 @end itemize
3989
3990 All of the above items can be addressed by target event handlers.
3991 These are set up by @command{$target_name configure -event} or
3992 @command{target create ... -event}.
3993
3994 The programmer's model matches the @code{-command} option used in Tcl/Tk
3995 buttons and events. The two examples below act the same, but one creates
3996 and invokes a small procedure while the other inlines it.
3997
3998 @example
3999 proc my_attach_proc @{ @} @{
4000 echo "Reset..."
4001 reset halt
4002 @}
4003 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach my_attach_proc
4004 mychip.cpu configure -event gdb-attach @{
4005 echo "Reset..."
4006 # To make flash probe and gdb load to flash work we need a reset init.
4007 reset init
4008 @}
4009 @end example
4010
4011 The following target events are defined:
4012
4013 @itemize @bullet
4014 @item @b{debug-halted}
4015 @* The target has halted for debug reasons (i.e.: breakpoint)
4016 @item @b{debug-resumed}
4017 @* The target has resumed (i.e.: gdb said run)
4018 @item @b{early-halted}
4019 @* Occurs early in the halt process
4020 @ignore
4021 @item @b{examine-end}
4022 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine completes)
4023 @item @b{examine-start}
4024 @* Currently not used (goal: when JTAG examine starts)
4025 @end ignore
4026 @item @b{gdb-attach}
4027 @* When GDB connects. This is before any communication with the target, so this
4028 can be used to set up the target so it is possible to probe flash. Probing flash
4029 is necessary during gdb connect if gdb load is to write the image to flash. Another
4030 use of the flash memory map is for GDB to automatically hardware/software breakpoints
4031 depending on whether the breakpoint is in RAM or read only memory.
4032 @item @b{gdb-detach}
4033 @* When GDB disconnects
4034 @item @b{gdb-end}
4035 @* When the target has halted and GDB is not doing anything (see early halt)
4036 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-start}
4037 @* Before the GDB flash process tries to erase the flash
4038 @item @b{gdb-flash-erase-end}
4039 @* After the GDB flash process has finished erasing the flash
4040 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-start}
4041 @* Before GDB writes to the flash
4042 @item @b{gdb-flash-write-end}
4043 @* After GDB writes to the flash
4044 @item @b{gdb-start}
4045 @* Before the target steps, gdb is trying to start/resume the target
4046 @item @b{halted}
4047 @* The target has halted
4048 @ignore
4049 @item @b{old-gdb_program_config}
4050 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4051 @item @b{old-pre_resume}
4052 @* DO NOT USE THIS: Used internally
4053 @end ignore
4054 @item @b{reset-assert-pre}
4055 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4056 after @command{reset_init} was triggered
4057 but before either SRST alone is re-asserted on the scan chain,
4058 or @code{reset-assert} is triggered.
4059 @item @b{reset-assert}
4060 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4061 after @command{reset-assert-pre} was triggered.
4062 When such a handler is present, cores which support this event will use
4063 it instead of asserting SRST.
4064 This support is essential for debugging with JTAG interfaces which
4065 don't include an SRST line (JTAG doesn't require SRST), and for
4066 selective reset on scan chains that have multiple targets.
4067 @item @b{reset-assert-post}
4068 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4069 after @code{reset-assert} has been triggered.
4070 or the target asserted SRST on the entire scan chain.
4071 @item @b{reset-deassert-pre}
4072 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4073 after @code{reset-assert-post} has been triggered.
4074 @item @b{reset-deassert-post}
4075 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4076 after @code{reset-deassert-pre} has been triggered
4077 and (if the target is using it) after SRST has been
4078 released on the scan chain.
4079 @item @b{reset-end}
4080 @* Issued as the final step in @command{reset} processing.
4081 @ignore
4082 @item @b{reset-halt-post}
4083 @* Currently not used
4084 @item @b{reset-halt-pre}
4085 @* Currently not used
4086 @end ignore
4087 @item @b{reset-init}
4088 @* Used by @b{reset init} command for board-specific initialization.
4089 This event fires after @emph{reset-deassert-post}.
4090
4091 This is where you would configure PLLs and clocking, set up DRAM so
4092 you can download programs that don't fit in on-chip SRAM, set up pin
4093 multiplexing, and so on.
4094 (You may be able to switch to a fast JTAG clock rate here, after
4095 the target clocks are fully set up.)
4096 @item @b{reset-start}
4097 @* Issued as part of @command{reset} processing
4098 before @command{reset_init} is called.
4099
4100 This is the most robust place to use @command{jtag_rclk}
4101 or @command{adapter_khz} to switch to a low JTAG clock rate,
4102 when reset disables PLLs needed to use a fast clock.
4103 @ignore
4104 @item @b{reset-wait-pos}
4105 @* Currently not used
4106 @item @b{reset-wait-pre}
4107 @* Currently not used
4108 @end ignore
4109 @item @b{resume-start}
4110 @* Before any target is resumed
4111 @item @b{resume-end}
4112 @* After all targets have resumed
4113 @item @b{resume-ok}
4114 @* Success
4115 @item @b{resumed}
4116 @* Target has resumed
4117 @end itemize
4118
4119
4120 @node Flash Commands
4121 @chapter Flash Commands
4122
4123 OpenOCD has different commands for NOR and NAND flash;
4124 the ``flash'' command works with NOR flash, while
4125 the ``nand'' command works with NAND flash.
4126 This partially reflects different hardware technologies:
4127 NOR flash usually supports direct CPU instruction and data bus access,
4128 while data from a NAND flash must be copied to memory before it can be
4129 used. (SPI flash must also be copied to memory before use.)
4130 However, the documentation also uses ``flash'' as a generic term;
4131 for example, ``Put flash configuration in board-specific files''.
4132
4133 Flash Steps:
4134 @enumerate
4135 @item Configure via the command @command{flash bank}
4136 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
4137 passing parameters as needed by the driver.
4138 @item Operate on the flash via @command{flash subcommand}
4139 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
4140 via a script in some automated way. Common tasks include writing a
4141 boot loader, operating system, or other data.
4142 @item GDB Flashing
4143 @* Flashing via GDB requires the flash be configured via ``flash
4144 bank'', and the GDB flash features be enabled.
4145 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
4146 @end enumerate
4147
4148 Many CPUs have the ablity to ``boot'' from the first flash bank.
4149 This means that misprogramming that bank can ``brick'' a system,
4150 so that it can't boot.
4151 JTAG tools, like OpenOCD, are often then used to ``de-brick'' the
4152 board by (re)installing working boot firmware.
4153
4154 @anchor{NOR Configuration}
4155 @section Flash Configuration Commands
4156 @cindex flash configuration
4157
4158 @deffn {Config Command} {flash bank} name driver base size chip_width bus_width target [driver_options]
4159 Configures a flash bank which provides persistent storage
4160 for addresses from @math{base} to @math{base + size - 1}.
4161 These banks will often be visible to GDB through the target's memory map.
4162 In some cases, configuring a flash bank will activate extra commands;
4163 see the driver-specific documentation.
4164
4165 @itemize @bullet
4166 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the flash bank
4167 in other flash commands. A number is also available.
4168 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the controller driver
4169 associated with the flash bank being declared.
4170 This is usually @code{cfi} for external flash, or else
4171 the name of a microcontroller with embedded flash memory.
4172 @xref{Flash Driver List}.
4173 @item @var{base} ... Base address of the flash chip.
4174 @item @var{size} ... Size of the chip, in bytes.
4175 For some drivers, this value is detected from the hardware.
4176 @item @var{chip_width} ... Width of the flash chip, in bytes;
4177 ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4178 @item @var{bus_width} ... Width of the data bus used to access the
4179 chip, in bytes; ignored for most microcontroller drivers.
4180 @item @var{target} ... Names the target used to issue
4181 commands to the flash controller.
4182 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
4183 @item @var{driver_options} ... drivers may support, or require,
4184 additional parameters. See the driver-specific documentation
4185 for more information.
4186 @end itemize
4187 @quotation Note
4188 This command is not available after OpenOCD initialization has completed.
4189 Use it in board specific configuration files, not interactively.
4190 @end quotation
4191 @end deffn
4192
4193 @comment the REAL name for this command is "ocd_flash_banks"
4194 @comment less confusing would be: "flash list" (like "nand list")
4195 @deffn Command {flash banks}
4196 Prints a one-line summary of each device that was
4197 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4198 Note that this is the @emph{plural} form;
4199 the @emph{singular} form is a very different command.
4200 @end deffn
4201
4202 @deffn Command {flash list}
4203 Retrieves a list of associative arrays for each device that was
4204 declared using @command{flash bank}, numbered from zero.
4205 This returned list can be manipulated easily from within scripts.
4206 @end deffn
4207
4208 @deffn Command {flash probe} num
4209 Identify the flash, or validate the parameters of the configured flash. Operation
4210 depends on the flash type.
4211 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4212 Most flash commands will implicitly @emph{autoprobe} the bank;
4213 flash drivers can distinguish between probing and autoprobing,
4214 but most don't bother.
4215 @end deffn
4216
4217 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to Flash
4218 @cindex flash erasing
4219 @cindex flash reading
4220 @cindex flash writing
4221 @cindex flash programming
4222
4223 One feature distinguishing NOR flash from NAND or serial flash technologies
4224 is that for read access, it acts exactly like any other addressible memory.
4225 This means you can use normal memory read commands like @command{mdw} or
4226 @command{dump_image} with it, with no special @command{flash} subcommands.
4227 @xref{Memory access}, and @ref{Image access}.
4228
4229 Write access works differently. Flash memory normally needs to be erased
4230 before it's written. Erasing a sector turns all of its bits to ones, and
4231 writing can turn ones into zeroes. This is why there are special commands
4232 for interactive erasing and writing, and why GDB needs to know which parts
4233 of the address space hold NOR flash memory.
4234
4235 @quotation Note
4236 Most of these erase and write commands leverage the fact that NOR flash
4237 chips consume target address space. They implicitly refer to the current
4238 JTAG target, and map from an address in that target's address space
4239 back to a flash bank.
4240 @comment In May 2009, those mappings may fail if any bank associated
4241 @comment with that target doesn't succesfuly autoprobe ... bug worth fixing?
4242 A few commands use abstract addressing based on bank and sector numbers,
4243 and don't depend on searching the current target and its address space.
4244 Avoid confusing the two command models.
4245 @end quotation
4246
4247 Some flash chips implement software protection against accidental writes,
4248 since such buggy writes could in some cases ``brick'' a system.
4249 For such systems, erasing and writing may require sector protection to be
4250 disabled first.
4251 Examples include CFI flash such as ``Intel Advanced Bootblock flash'',
4252 and AT91SAM7 on-chip flash.
4253 @xref{flash protect}.
4254
4255 @anchor{flash erase_sector}
4256 @deffn Command {flash erase_sector} num first last
4257 Erase sectors in bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4258 up to and including @var{last}.
4259 Sector numbering starts at 0.
4260 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4261 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4262 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4263 @end deffn
4264
4265 @deffn Command {flash erase_address} [@option{pad}] [@option{unlock}] address length
4266 Erase sectors starting at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
4267 Unless @option{pad} is specified, @math{address} must begin a
4268 flash sector, and @math{address + length - 1} must end a sector.
4269 Specifying @option{pad} erases extra data at the beginning and/or
4270 end of the specified region, as needed to erase only full sectors.
4271 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address}, and
4272 the specified length must stay within that bank.
4273 As a special case, when @var{length} is zero and @var{address} is
4274 the start of the bank, the whole flash is erased.
4275 If @option{unlock} is specified, then the flash is unprotected
4276 before erase starts.
4277 @end deffn
4278
4279 @deffn Command {flash fillw} address word length
4280 @deffnx Command {flash fillh} address halfword length
4281 @deffnx Command {flash fillb} address byte length
4282 Fills flash memory with the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
4283 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) pattern,
4284 starting at @var{address} and continuing
4285 for @var{length} units (word/halfword/byte).
4286 No erasure is done before writing; when needed, that must be done
4287 before issuing this command.
4288 Writes are done in blocks of up to 1024 bytes, and each write is
4289 verified by reading back the data and comparing it to what was written.
4290 The flash bank to use is inferred from the @var{address} of
4291 each block, and the specified length must stay within that bank.
4292 @end deffn
4293 @comment no current checks for errors if fill blocks touch multiple banks!
4294
4295 @anchor{flash write_bank}
4296 @deffn Command {flash write_bank} num filename offset
4297 Write the binary @file{filename} to flash bank @var{num},
4298 starting at @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
4299 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4300 @end deffn
4301
4302 @anchor{flash write_image}
4303 @deffn Command {flash write_image} [erase] [unlock] filename [offset] [type]
4304 Write the image @file{filename} to the current target's flash bank(s).
4305 A relocation @var{offset} may be specified, in which case it is added
4306 to the base address for each section in the image.
4307 The file [@var{type}] can be specified
4308 explicitly as @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
4309 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19).
4310 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
4311 The relevant flash sectors will be erased prior to programming
4312 if the @option{erase} parameter is given. If @option{unlock} is
4313 provided, then the flash banks are unlocked before erase and
4314 program. The flash bank to use is inferred from the address of
4315 each image section.
4316
4317 @quotation Warning
4318 Be careful using the @option{erase} flag when the flash is holding
4319 data you want to preserve.
4320 Portions of the flash outside those described in the image's
4321 sections might be erased with no notice.
4322 @itemize
4323 @item
4324 When a section of the image being written does not fill out all the
4325 sectors it uses, the unwritten parts of those sectors are necessarily
4326 also erased, because sectors can't be partially erased.
4327 @item
4328 Data stored in sector "holes" between image sections are also affected.
4329 For example, "@command{flash write_image erase ...}" of an image with
4330 one byte at the beginning of a flash bank and one byte at the end
4331 erases the entire bank -- not just the two sectors being written.
4332 @end itemize
4333 Also, when flash protection is important, you must re-apply it after
4334 it has been removed by the @option{unlock} flag.
4335 @end quotation
4336
4337 @end deffn
4338
4339 @section Other Flash commands
4340 @cindex flash protection
4341
4342 @deffn Command {flash erase_check} num
4343 Check erase state of sectors in flash bank @var{num},
4344 and display that status.
4345 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4346 @end deffn
4347
4348 @deffn Command {flash info} num
4349 Print info about flash bank @var{num}
4350 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4351 This command will first query the hardware, it does not print cached
4352 and possibly stale information.
4353 @end deffn
4354
4355 @anchor{flash protect}
4356 @deffn Command {flash protect} num first last (@option{on}|@option{off})
4357 Enable (@option{on}) or disable (@option{off}) protection of flash sectors
4358 in flash bank @var{num}, starting at sector @var{first}
4359 and continuing up to and including @var{last}.
4360 Providing a @var{last} sector of @option{last}
4361 specifies "to the end of the flash bank".
4362 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4363 @end deffn
4364
4365 @anchor{Flash Driver List}
4366 @section Flash Driver List
4367 As noted above, the @command{flash bank} command requires a driver name,
4368 and allows driver-specific options and behaviors.
4369 Some drivers also activate driver-specific commands.
4370
4371 @subsection External Flash
4372
4373 @deffn {Flash Driver} cfi
4374 @cindex Common Flash Interface
4375 @cindex CFI
4376 The ``Common Flash Interface'' (CFI) is the main standard for
4377 external NOR flash chips, each of which connects to a
4378 specific external chip select on the CPU.
4379 Frequently the first such chip is used to boot the system.
4380 Your board's @code{reset-init} handler might need to
4381 configure additional chip selects using other commands (like: @command{mww} to
4382 configure a bus and its timings), or
4383 perhaps configure a GPIO pin that controls the ``write protect'' pin
4384 on the flash chip.
4385 The CFI driver can use a target-specific working area to significantly
4386 speed up operation.
4387
4388 The CFI driver can accept the following optional parameters, in any order:
4389
4390 @itemize
4391 @item @var{jedec_probe} ... is used to detect certain non-CFI flash ROMs,
4392 like AM29LV010 and similar types.
4393 @item @var{x16_as_x8} ... when a 16-bit flash is hooked up to an 8-bit bus.
4394 @end itemize
4395
4396 To configure two adjacent banks of 16 MBytes each, both sixteen bits (two bytes)
4397 wide on a sixteen bit bus:
4398
4399 @example
4400 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4401 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x01000000 0x01000000 2 2 $_TARGETNAME
4402 @end example
4403
4404 To configure one bank of 32 MBytes
4405 built from two sixteen bit (two byte) wide parts wired in parallel
4406 to create a thirty-two bit (four byte) bus with doubled throughput:
4407
4408 @example
4409 flash bank $_FLASHNAME cfi 0x00000000 0x02000000 2 4 $_TARGETNAME
4410 @end example
4411
4412 @c "cfi part_id" disabled
4413 @end deffn
4414
4415 @deffn {Flash Driver} stmsmi
4416 @cindex STMicroelectronics Serial Memory Interface
4417 @cindex SMI
4418 @cindex stmsmi
4419 Some devices form STMicroelectronics (e.g. STR75x MCU family,
4420 SPEAr MPU family) include a proprietary
4421 ``Serial Memory Interface'' (SMI) controller able to drive external
4422 SPI flash devices.
4423 Depending on specific device and board configuration, up to 4 external
4424 flash devices can be connected.
4425
4426 SMI makes the flash content directly accessible in the CPU address
4427 space; each external device is mapped in a memory bank.
4428 CPU can directly read data, execute code and boot from SMI banks.
4429 Normal OpenOCD commands like @command{mdw} can be used to display
4430 the flash content.
4431
4432 The setup command only requires the @var{base} parameter in order
4433 to identify the memory bank.
4434 All other parameters are ignored. Additional information, like
4435 flash size, are detected automatically.
4436
4437 @example
4438 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stmsmi 0xf8000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4439 @end example
4440
4441 @end deffn
4442
4443 @subsection Internal Flash (Microcontrollers)
4444
4445 @deffn {Flash Driver} aduc702x
4446 The ADUC702x analog microcontrollers from Analog Devices
4447 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4448 The aduc702x flash driver works with models ADUC7019 through ADUC7028.
4449 The setup command only requires the @var{target} argument
4450 since all devices in this family have the same memory layout.
4451
4452 @example
4453 flash bank $_FLASHNAME aduc702x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4454 @end example
4455 @end deffn
4456
4457 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam3
4458 @cindex at91sam3
4459 All members of the AT91SAM3 microcontroller family from
4460 Atmel include internal flash and use ARM's Cortex-M3 core. The driver
4461 currently (6/22/09) recognizes the AT91SAM3U[1/2/4][C/E] chips. Note
4462 that the driver was orginaly developed and tested using the
4463 AT91SAM3U4E, using a SAM3U-EK eval board. Support for other chips in
4464 the family was cribbed from the data sheet. @emph{Note to future
4465 readers/updaters: Please remove this worrysome comment after other
4466 chips are confirmed.}
4467
4468 The AT91SAM3U4[E/C] (256K) chips have two flash banks; most other chips
4469 have one flash bank. In all cases the flash banks are at
4470 the following fixed locations:
4471
4472 @example
4473 # Flash bank 0 - all chips
4474 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00080000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4475 # Flash bank 1 - only 256K chips
4476 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam3 0x00100000 0 1 1 $_TARGETNAME
4477 @end example
4478
4479 Internally, the AT91SAM3 flash memory is organized as follows.
4480 Unlike the AT91SAM7 chips, these are not used as parameters
4481 to the @command{flash bank} command:
4482
4483 @itemize
4484 @item @emph{N-Banks:} 256K chips have 2 banks, others have 1 bank.
4485 @item @emph{Bank Size:} 128K/64K Per flash bank
4486 @item @emph{Sectors:} 16 or 8 per bank
4487 @item @emph{SectorSize:} 8K Per Sector
4488 @item @emph{PageSize:} 256 bytes per page. Note that OpenOCD operates on 'sector' sizes, not page sizes.
4489 @end itemize
4490
4491 The AT91SAM3 driver adds some additional commands:
4492
4493 @deffn Command {at91sam3 gpnvm}
4494 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm clear} number
4495 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm set} number
4496 @deffnx Command {at91sam3 gpnvm show} [@option{all}|number]
4497 With no parameters, @command{show} or @command{show all},
4498 shows the status of all GPNVM bits.
4499 With @command{show} @var{number}, displays that bit.
4500
4501 With @command{set} @var{number} or @command{clear} @var{number},
4502 modifies that GPNVM bit.
4503 @end deffn
4504
4505 @deffn Command {at91sam3 info}
4506 This command attempts to display information about the AT91SAM3
4507 chip. @emph{First} it read the @code{CHIPID_CIDR} [address 0x400e0740, see
4508 Section 28.2.1, page 505 of the AT91SAM3U 29/may/2009 datasheet,
4509 document id: doc6430A] and decodes the values. @emph{Second} it reads the
4510 various clock configuration registers and attempts to display how it
4511 believes the chip is configured. By default, the SLOWCLK is assumed to
4512 be 32768 Hz, see the command @command{at91sam3 slowclk}.
4513 @end deffn
4514
4515 @deffn Command {at91sam3 slowclk} [value]
4516 This command shows/sets the slow clock frequency used in the
4517 @command{at91sam3 info} command calculations above.
4518 @end deffn
4519 @end deffn
4520
4521 @deffn {Flash Driver} at91sam7
4522 All members of the AT91SAM7 microcontroller family from Atmel include
4523 internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores. The driver automatically
4524 recognizes a number of these chips using the chip identification
4525 register, and autoconfigures itself.
4526
4527 @example
4528 flash bank $_FLASHNAME at91sam7 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4529 @end example
4530
4531 For chips which are not recognized by the controller driver, you must
4532 provide additional parameters in the following order:
4533
4534 @itemize
4535 @item @var{chip_model} ... label used with @command{flash info}
4536 @item @var{banks}
4537 @item @var{sectors_per_bank}
4538 @item @var{pages_per_sector}
4539 @item @var{pages_size}
4540 @item @var{num_nvm_bits}
4541 @item @var{freq_khz} ... required if an external clock is provided,
4542 optional (but recommended) when the oscillator frequency is known
4543 @end itemize
4544
4545 It is recommended that you provide zeroes for all of those values
4546 except the clock frequency, so that everything except that frequency
4547 will be autoconfigured.
4548 Knowing the frequency helps ensure correct timings for flash access.
4549
4550 The flash controller handles erases automatically on a page (128/256 byte)
4551 basis, so explicit erase commands are not necessary for flash programming.
4552 However, there is an ``EraseAll`` command that can erase an entire flash
4553 plane (of up to 256KB), and it will be used automatically when you issue
4554 @command{flash erase_sector} or @command{flash erase_address} commands.
4555
4556 @deffn Command {at91sam7 gpnvm} bitnum (@option{set}|@option{clear})
4557 Set or clear a ``General Purpose Non-Volatile Memory'' (GPNVM)
4558 bit for the processor. Each processor has a number of such bits,
4559 used for controlling features such as brownout detection (so they
4560 are not truly general purpose).
4561 @quotation Note
4562 This assumes that the first flash bank (number 0) is associated with
4563 the appropriate at91sam7 target.
4564 @end quotation
4565 @end deffn
4566 @end deffn
4567
4568 @deffn {Flash Driver} avr
4569 The AVR 8-bit microcontrollers from Atmel integrate flash memory.
4570 @emph{The current implementation is incomplete.}
4571 @comment - defines mass_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4572 @end deffn
4573
4574 @deffn {Flash Driver} ecosflash
4575 @emph{No idea what this is...}
4576 The @var{ecosflash} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4577 the name of a modules of target code which is downloaded
4578 and executed.
4579 @end deffn
4580
4581 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2000
4582 Most members of the LPC1700 and LPC2000 microcontroller families from NXP
4583 include internal flash and use Cortex-M3 (LPC1700) or ARM7TDMI (LPC2000) cores.
4584
4585 @quotation Note
4586 There are LPC2000 devices which are not supported by the @var{lpc2000}
4587 driver:
4588 The LPC2888 is supported by the @var{lpc288x} driver.
4589 The LPC29xx family is supported by the @var{lpc2900} driver.
4590 @end quotation
4591
4592 The @var{lpc2000} driver defines two mandatory and one optional parameters,
4593 which must appear in the following order:
4594
4595 @itemize
4596 @item @var{variant} ... required, may be
4597 @option{lpc2000_v1} (older LPC21xx and LPC22xx)
4598 @option{lpc2000_v2} (LPC213x, LPC214x, LPC210[123], LPC23xx and LPC24xx)
4599 or @option{lpc1700} (LPC175x and LPC176x)
4600 @item @var{clock_kHz} ... the frequency, in kiloHertz,
4601 at which the core is running
4602 @item @option{calc_checksum} ... optional (but you probably want to provide this!),
4603 telling the driver to calculate a valid checksum for the exception vector table.
4604 @quotation Note
4605 If you don't provide @option{calc_checksum} when you're writing the vector
4606 table, the boot ROM will almost certainly ignore your flash image.
4607 However, if you do provide it,
4608 with most tool chains @command{verify_image} will fail.
4609 @end quotation
4610 @end itemize
4611
4612 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4613
4614 @example
4615 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000 0x0 0x7d000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME \
4616 lpc2000_v2 14765 calc_checksum
4617 @end example
4618
4619 @deffn {Command} {lpc2000 part_id} bank
4620 Displays the four byte part identifier associated with
4621 the specified flash @var{bank}.
4622 @end deffn
4623 @end deffn
4624
4625 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc288x
4626 The LPC2888 microcontroller from NXP needs slightly different flash
4627 support from its lpc2000 siblings.
4628 The @var{lpc288x} driver defines one mandatory parameter,
4629 the programming clock rate in Hz.
4630 LPC flashes don't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4631
4632 @example
4633 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc288x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 12000000
4634 @end example
4635 @end deffn
4636
4637 @deffn {Flash Driver} lpc2900
4638 This driver supports the LPC29xx ARM968E based microcontroller family
4639 from NXP.
4640
4641 The predefined parameters @var{base}, @var{size}, @var{chip_width} and
4642 @var{bus_width} of the @code{flash bank} command are ignored. Flash size and
4643 sector layout are auto-configured by the driver.
4644 The driver has one additional mandatory parameter: The CPU clock rate
4645 (in kHz) at the time the flash operations will take place. Most of the time this
4646 will not be the crystal frequency, but a higher PLL frequency. The
4647 @code{reset-init} event handler in the board script is usually the place where
4648 you start the PLL.
4649
4650 The driver rejects flashless devices (currently the LPC2930).
4651
4652 The EEPROM in LPC2900 devices is not mapped directly into the address space.
4653 It must be handled much more like NAND flash memory, and will therefore be
4654 handled by a separate @code{lpc2900_eeprom} driver (not yet available).
4655
4656 Sector protection in terms of the LPC2900 is handled transparently. Every time a
4657 sector needs to be erased or programmed, it is automatically unprotected.
4658 What is shown as protection status in the @code{flash info} command, is
4659 actually the LPC2900 @emph{sector security}. This is a mechanism to prevent a
4660 sector from ever being erased or programmed again. As this is an irreversible
4661 mechanism, it is handled by a special command (@code{lpc2900 secure_sector}),
4662 and not by the standard @code{flash protect} command.
4663
4664 Example for a 125 MHz clock frequency:
4665 @example
4666 flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2900 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME 125000
4667 @end example
4668
4669 Some @code{lpc2900}-specific commands are defined. In the following command list,
4670 the @var{bank} parameter is the bank number as obtained by the
4671 @code{flash banks} command.
4672
4673 @deffn Command {lpc2900 signature} bank
4674 Calculates a 128-bit hash value, the @emph{signature}, from the whole flash
4675 content. This is a hardware feature of the flash block, hence the calculation is
4676 very fast. You may use this to verify the content of a programmed device against
4677 a known signature.
4678 Example:
4679 @example
4680 lpc2900 signature 0
4681 signature: 0x5f40cdc8:0xc64e592e:0x10490f89:0x32a0f317
4682 @end example
4683 @end deffn
4684
4685 @deffn Command {lpc2900 read_custom} bank filename
4686 Reads the 912 bytes of customer information from the flash index sector, and
4687 saves it to a file in binary format.
4688 Example:
4689 @example
4690 lpc2900 read_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin
4691 @end example
4692 @end deffn
4693
4694 The index sector of the flash is a @emph{write-only} sector. It cannot be
4695 erased! In order to guard against unintentional write access, all following
4696 commands need to be preceeded by a successful call to the @code{password}
4697 command:
4698
4699 @deffn Command {lpc2900 password} bank password
4700 You need to use this command right before each of the following commands:
4701 @code{lpc2900 write_custom}, @code{lpc2900 secure_sector},
4702 @code{lpc2900 secure_jtag}.
4703
4704 The password string is fixed to "I_know_what_I_am_doing".
4705 Example:
4706 @example
4707 lpc2900 password 0 I_know_what_I_am_doing
4708 Potentially dangerous operation allowed in next command!
4709 @end example
4710 @end deffn
4711
4712 @deffn Command {lpc2900 write_custom} bank filename type
4713 Writes the content of the file into the customer info space of the flash index
4714 sector. The filetype can be specified with the @var{type} field. Possible values
4715 for @var{type} are: @var{bin} (binary), @var{ihex} (Intel hex format),
4716 @var{elf} (ELF binary) or @var{s19} (Motorola S-records). The file must
4717 contain a single section, and the contained data length must be exactly
4718 912 bytes.
4719 @quotation Attention
4720 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4721 @end quotation
4722 Example:
4723 @example
4724 lpc2900 write_custom 0 /path_to/customer_info.bin bin
4725 @end example
4726 @end deffn
4727
4728 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_sector} bank first last
4729 Secures the sector range from @var{first} to @var{last} (including) against
4730 further program and erase operations. The sector security will be effective
4731 after the next power cycle.
4732 @quotation Attention
4733 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4734 @end quotation
4735 Secured sectors appear as @emph{protected} in the @code{flash info} command.
4736 Example:
4737 @example
4738 lpc2900 secure_sector 0 1 1
4739 flash info 0
4740 #0 : lpc2900 at 0x20000000, size 0x000c0000, (...)
4741 # 0: 0x00000000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4742 # 1: 0x00002000 (0x2000 8kB) protected
4743 # 2: 0x00004000 (0x2000 8kB) not protected
4744 @end example
4745 @end deffn
4746
4747 @deffn Command {lpc2900 secure_jtag} bank
4748 Irreversibly disable the JTAG port. The new JTAG security setting will be
4749 effective after the next power cycle.
4750 @quotation Attention
4751 This cannot be reverted! Be careful!
4752 @end quotation
4753 Examples:
4754 @example
4755 lpc2900 secure_jtag 0
4756 @end example
4757 @end deffn
4758 @end deffn
4759
4760 @deffn {Flash Driver} ocl
4761 @emph{No idea what this is, other than using some arm7/arm9 core.}
4762
4763 @example
4764 flash bank $_FLASHNAME ocl 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4765 @end example
4766 @end deffn
4767
4768 @deffn {Flash Driver} pic32mx
4769 The PIC32MX microcontrollers are based on the MIPS 4K cores,
4770 and integrate flash memory.
4771
4772 @example
4773 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4774 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pix32mx 0x1d000000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4775 @end example
4776
4777 @comment numerous *disabled* commands are defined:
4778 @comment - chip_erase ... pointless given flash_erase_address
4779 @comment - lock, unlock ... pointless given protect on/off (yes?)
4780 @comment - pgm_word ... shouldn't bank be deduced from address??
4781 Some pic32mx-specific commands are defined:
4782 @deffn Command {pic32mx pgm_word} address value bank
4783 Programs the specified 32-bit @var{value} at the given @var{address}
4784 in the specified chip @var{bank}.
4785 @end deffn
4786 @deffn Command {pic32mx unlock} bank
4787 Unlock and erase specified chip @var{bank}.
4788 This will remove any Code Protection.
4789 @end deffn
4790 @end deffn
4791
4792 @deffn {Flash Driver} stellaris
4793 All members of the Stellaris LM3Sxxx microcontroller family from
4794 Texas Instruments
4795 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4796 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4797 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4798 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stellaris mass_erase} command.
4799 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4800 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4801
4802 @example
4803 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stellaris 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4804 @end example
4805 @end deffn
4806
4807 @deffn Command {stellaris recover bank_id}
4808 Performs the @emph{Recovering a "Locked" Device} procedure to
4809 restore the flash specified by @var{bank_id} and its associated
4810 nonvolatile registers to their factory default values (erased).
4811 This is the only way to remove flash protection or re-enable
4812 debugging if that capability has been disabled.
4813
4814 Note that the final "power cycle the chip" step in this procedure
4815 must be performed by hand, since OpenOCD can't do it.
4816 @quotation Warning
4817 if more than one Stellaris chip is connected, the procedure is
4818 applied to all of them.
4819 @end quotation
4820 @end deffn
4821
4822 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f1x
4823 All members of the STM32f1x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4824 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4825 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4826 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4827
4828 @example
4829 flash bank $_FLASHNAME stm32f1x 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4830 @end example
4831
4832 Some stm32f1x-specific commands
4833 @footnote{Currently there is a @command{stm32f1x mass_erase} command.
4834 That seems pointless since the same effect can be had using the
4835 standard @command{flash erase_address} command.}
4836 are defined:
4837
4838 @deffn Command {stm32f1x lock} num
4839 Locks the entire stm32 device.
4840 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4841 @end deffn
4842
4843 @deffn Command {stm32f1x unlock} num
4844 Unlocks the entire stm32 device.
4845 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4846 @end deffn
4847
4848 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_read} num
4849 Read and display the stm32 option bytes written by
4850 the @command{stm32f1x options_write} command.
4851 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4852 @end deffn
4853
4854 @deffn Command {stm32f1x options_write} num (@option{SWWDG}|@option{HWWDG}) (@option{RSTSTNDBY}|@option{NORSTSTNDBY}) (@option{RSTSTOP}|@option{NORSTSTOP})
4855 Writes the stm32 option byte with the specified values.
4856 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4857 @end deffn
4858 @end deffn
4859
4860 @deffn {Flash Driver} stm32f2x
4861 All members of the STM32f2x microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4862 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4863 The driver automatically recognizes a number of these chips using
4864 the chip identification register, and autoconfigures itself.
4865 @end deffn
4866
4867 @deffn {Flash Driver} str7x
4868 All members of the STR7 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4869 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4870 The @var{str7x} driver defines one mandatory parameter, @var{variant},
4871 which is either @code{STR71x}, @code{STR73x} or @code{STR75x}.
4872
4873 @example
4874 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str7x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME STR71x
4875 @end example
4876
4877 @deffn Command {str7x disable_jtag} bank
4878 Activate the Debug/Readout protection mechanism
4879 for the specified flash bank.
4880 @end deffn
4881 @end deffn
4882
4883 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9x
4884 Most members of the STR9 microcontroller family from ST Microelectronics
4885 include internal flash and use ARM966E cores.
4886 The str9 needs the flash controller to be configured using
4887 the @command{str9x flash_config} command prior to Flash programming.
4888
4889 @example
4890 flash bank $_FLASHNAME str9x 0x40000000 0x00040000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4891 str9x flash_config 0 4 2 0 0x80000
4892 @end example
4893
4894 @deffn Command {str9x flash_config} num bbsr nbbsr bbadr nbbadr
4895 Configures the str9 flash controller.
4896 The @var{num} parameter is a value shown by @command{flash banks}.
4897
4898 @itemize @bullet
4899 @item @var{bbsr} - Boot Bank Size register
4900 @item @var{nbbsr} - Non Boot Bank Size register
4901 @item @var{bbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4902 @item @var{nbbadr} - Boot Bank Start Address register
4903 @end itemize
4904 @end deffn
4905
4906 @end deffn
4907
4908 @deffn {Flash Driver} tms470
4909 Most members of the TMS470 microcontroller family from Texas Instruments
4910 include internal flash and use ARM7TDMI cores.
4911 This driver doesn't require the chip and bus width to be specified.
4912
4913 Some tms470-specific commands are defined:
4914
4915 @deffn Command {tms470 flash_keyset} key0 key1 key2 key3
4916 Saves programming keys in a register, to enable flash erase and write commands.
4917 @end deffn
4918
4919 @deffn Command {tms470 osc_mhz} clock_mhz
4920 Reports the clock speed, which is used to calculate timings.
4921 @end deffn
4922
4923 @deffn Command {tms470 plldis} (0|1)
4924 Disables (@var{1}) or enables (@var{0}) use of the PLL to speed up
4925 the flash clock.
4926 @end deffn
4927 @end deffn
4928
4929 @deffn {Flash Driver} virtual
4930 This is a special driver that maps a previously defined bank to another
4931 address. All bank settings will be copied from the master physical bank.
4932
4933 The @var{virtual} driver defines one mandatory parameters,
4934
4935 @itemize
4936 @item @var{master_bank} The bank that this virtual address refers to.
4937 @end itemize
4938
4939 So in the following example addresses 0xbfc00000 and 0x9fc00000 refer to
4940 the flash bank defined at address 0x1fc00000. Any cmds executed on
4941 the virtual banks are actually performed on the physical banks.
4942 @example
4943 flash bank $_FLASHNAME pic32mx 0x1fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4944 flash bank vbank0 virtual 0xbfc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4945 flash bank vbank1 virtual 0x9fc00000 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME $_FLASHNAME
4946 @end example
4947 @end deffn
4948
4949 @deffn {Flash Driver} fm3
4950 All members of the FM3 microcontroller family from Fujitsu
4951 include internal flash and use ARM Cortex M3 cores.
4952 The @var{fm3} driver uses the @var{target} parameter to select the
4953 correct bank config, it can currently be one of the following:
4954 @code{mb9bfxx1.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx2.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx3.cpu},
4955 @code{mb9bfxx4.cpu}, @code{mb9bfxx5.cpu} or @code{mb9bfxx6.cpu}.
4956
4957 @example
4958 flash bank $_FLASHNAME fm3 0 0 0 0 $_TARGETNAME
4959 @end example
4960 @end deffn
4961
4962 @subsection str9xpec driver
4963 @cindex str9xpec
4964
4965 Here is some background info to help
4966 you better understand how this driver works. OpenOCD has two flash drivers for
4967 the str9:
4968 @enumerate
4969 @item
4970 Standard driver @option{str9x} programmed via the str9 core. Normally used for
4971 flash programming as it is faster than the @option{str9xpec} driver.
4972 @item
4973 Direct programming @option{str9xpec} using the flash controller. This is an
4974 ISC compilant (IEEE 1532) tap connected in series with the str9 core. The str9
4975 core does not need to be running to program using this flash driver. Typical use
4976 for this driver is locking/unlocking the target and programming the option bytes.
4977 @end enumerate
4978
4979 Before we run any commands using the @option{str9xpec} driver we must first disable
4980 the str9 core. This example assumes the @option{str9xpec} driver has been
4981 configured for flash bank 0.
4982 @example
4983 # assert srst, we do not want core running
4984 # while accessing str9xpec flash driver
4985 jtag_reset 0 1
4986 # turn off target polling
4987 poll off
4988 # disable str9 core
4989 str9xpec enable_turbo 0
4990 # read option bytes
4991 str9xpec options_read 0
4992 # re-enable str9 core
4993 str9xpec disable_turbo 0
4994 poll on
4995 reset halt
4996 @end example
4997 The above example will read the str9 option bytes.
4998 When performing a unlock remember that you will not be able to halt the str9 - it
4999 has been locked. Halting the core is not required for the @option{str9xpec} driver
5000 as mentioned above, just issue the commands above manually or from a telnet prompt.
5001
5002 @deffn {Flash Driver} str9xpec
5003 Only use this driver for locking/unlocking the device or configuring the option bytes.
5004 Use the standard str9 driver for programming.
5005 Before using the flash commands the turbo mode must be enabled using the
5006 @command{str9xpec enable_turbo} command.
5007
5008 Several str9xpec-specific commands are defined:
5009
5010 @deffn Command {str9xpec disable_turbo} num
5011 Restore the str9 into JTAG chain.
5012 @end deffn
5013
5014 @deffn Command {str9xpec enable_turbo} num
5015 Enable turbo mode, will simply remove the str9 from the chain and talk
5016 directly to the embedded flash controller.
5017 @end deffn
5018
5019 @deffn Command {str9xpec lock} num
5020 Lock str9 device. The str9 will only respond to an unlock command that will
5021 erase the device.
5022 @end deffn
5023
5024 @deffn Command {str9xpec part_id} num
5025 Prints the part identifier for bank @var{num}.
5026 @end deffn
5027
5028 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_cmap} num (@option{bank0}|@option{bank1})
5029 Configure str9 boot bank.
5030 @end deffn
5031
5032 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdsel} num (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5033 Configure str9 lvd source.
5034 @end deffn
5035
5036 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdthd} num (@option{2.4v}|@option{2.7v})
5037 Configure str9 lvd threshold.
5038 @end deffn
5039
5040 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_lvdwarn} bank (@option{vdd}|@option{vdd_vddq})
5041 Configure str9 lvd reset warning source.
5042 @end deffn
5043
5044 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_read} num
5045 Read str9 option bytes.
5046 @end deffn
5047
5048 @deffn Command {str9xpec options_write} num
5049 Write str9 option bytes.
5050 @end deffn
5051
5052 @deffn Command {str9xpec unlock} num
5053 unlock str9 device.
5054 @end deffn
5055
5056 @end deffn
5057
5058
5059 @section mFlash
5060
5061 @subsection mFlash Configuration
5062 @cindex mFlash Configuration
5063
5064 @deffn {Config Command} {mflash bank} soc base RST_pin target
5065 Configures a mflash for @var{soc} host bank at
5066 address @var{base}.
5067 The pin number format depends on the host GPIO naming convention.
5068 Currently, the mflash driver supports s3c2440 and pxa270.
5069
5070 Example for s3c2440 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO B1:
5071
5072 @example
5073 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME s3c2440 0x10000000 1b 0
5074 @end example
5075
5076 Example for pxa270 mflash where @var{RST pin} is GPIO 43:
5077
5078 @example
5079 mflash bank $_FLASHNAME pxa270 0x08000000 43 0
5080 @end example
5081 @end deffn
5082
5083 @subsection mFlash commands
5084 @cindex mFlash commands
5085
5086 @deffn Command {mflash config pll} frequency
5087 Configure mflash PLL.
5088 The @var{frequency} is the mflash input frequency, in Hz.
5089 Issuing this command will erase mflash's whole internal nand and write new pll.
5090 After this command, mflash needs power-on-reset for normal operation.
5091 If pll was newly configured, storage and boot(optional) info also need to be update.
5092 @end deffn
5093
5094 @deffn Command {mflash config boot}
5095 Configure bootable option.
5096 If bootable option is set, mflash offer the first 8 sectors
5097 (4kB) for boot.
5098 @end deffn
5099
5100 @deffn Command {mflash config storage}
5101 Configure storage information.
5102 For the normal storage operation, this information must be
5103 written.
5104 @end deffn
5105
5106 @deffn Command {mflash dump} num filename offset size
5107 Dump @var{size} bytes, starting at @var{offset} bytes from the
5108 beginning of the bank @var{num}, to the file named @var{filename}.
5109 @end deffn
5110
5111 @deffn Command {mflash probe}
5112 Probe mflash.
5113 @end deffn
5114
5115 @deffn Command {mflash write} num filename offset
5116 Write the binary file @var{filename} to mflash bank @var{num}, starting at
5117 @var{offset} bytes from the beginning of the bank.
5118 @end deffn
5119
5120 @node NAND Flash Commands
5121 @chapter NAND Flash Commands
5122 @cindex NAND
5123
5124 Compared to NOR or SPI flash, NAND devices are inexpensive
5125 and high density. Today's NAND chips, and multi-chip modules,
5126 commonly hold multiple GigaBytes of data.
5127
5128 NAND chips consist of a number of ``erase blocks'' of a given
5129 size (such as 128 KBytes), each of which is divided into a
5130 number of pages (of perhaps 512 or 2048 bytes each). Each
5131 page of a NAND flash has an ``out of band'' (OOB) area to hold
5132 Error Correcting Code (ECC) and other metadata, usually 16 bytes
5133 of OOB for every 512 bytes of page data.
5134
5135 One key characteristic of NAND flash is that its error rate
5136 is higher than that of NOR flash. In normal operation, that
5137 ECC is used to correct and detect errors. However, NAND
5138 blocks can also wear out and become unusable; those blocks
5139 are then marked "bad". NAND chips are even shipped from the
5140 manufacturer with a few bad blocks. The highest density chips
5141 use a technology (MLC) that wears out more quickly, so ECC
5142 support is increasingly important as a way to detect blocks
5143 that have begun to fail, and help to preserve data integrity
5144 with techniques such as wear leveling.
5145
5146 Software is used to manage the ECC. Some controllers don't
5147 support ECC directly; in those cases, software ECC is used.
5148 Other controllers speed up the ECC calculations with hardware.
5149 Single-bit error correction hardware is routine. Controllers
5150 geared for newer MLC chips may correct 4 or more errors for
5151 every 512 bytes of data.
5152
5153 You will need to make sure that any data you write using
5154 OpenOCD includes the apppropriate kind of ECC. For example,
5155 that may mean passing the @code{oob_softecc} flag when
5156 writing NAND data, or ensuring that the correct hardware
5157 ECC mode is used.
5158
5159 The basic steps for using NAND devices include:
5160 @enumerate
5161 @item Declare via the command @command{nand device}
5162 @* Do this in a board-specific configuration file,
5163 passing parameters as needed by the controller.
5164 @item Configure each device using @command{nand probe}.
5165 @* Do this only after the associated target is set up,
5166 such as in its reset-init script or in procures defined
5167 to access that device.
5168 @item Operate on the flash via @command{nand subcommand}
5169 @* Often commands to manipulate the flash are typed by a human, or run
5170 via a script in some automated way. Common task include writing a
5171 boot loader, operating system, or other data needed to initialize or
5172 de-brick a board.
5173 @end enumerate
5174
5175 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, the largest NAND
5176 flash fully supported by OpenOCD is 2 GiBytes (16 GiBits).
5177 This is because the variables used to hold offsets and lengths
5178 are only 32 bits wide.
5179 (Larger chips may work in some cases, unless an offset or length
5180 is larger than 0xffffffff, the largest 32-bit unsigned integer.)
5181 Some larger devices will work, since they are actually multi-chip
5182 modules with two smaller chips and individual chipselect lines.
5183
5184 @anchor{NAND Configuration}
5185 @section NAND Configuration Commands
5186 @cindex NAND configuration
5187
5188 NAND chips must be declared in configuration scripts,
5189 plus some additional configuration that's done after
5190 OpenOCD has initialized.
5191
5192 @deffn {Config Command} {nand device} name driver target [configparams...]
5193 Declares a NAND device, which can be read and written to
5194 after it has been configured through @command{nand probe}.
5195 In OpenOCD, devices are single chips; this is unlike some
5196 operating systems, which may manage multiple chips as if
5197 they were a single (larger) device.
5198 In some cases, configuring a device will activate extra
5199 commands; see the controller-specific documentation.
5200
5201 @b{NOTE:} This command is not available after OpenOCD
5202 initialization has completed. Use it in board specific
5203 configuration files, not interactively.
5204
5205 @itemize @bullet
5206 @item @var{name} ... may be used to reference the NAND bank
5207 in most other NAND commands. A number is also available.
5208 @item @var{driver} ... identifies the NAND controller driver
5209 associated with the NAND device being declared.
5210 @xref{NAND Driver List}.
5211 @item @var{target} ... names the target used when issuing
5212 commands to the NAND controller.
5213 @comment Actually, it's currently a controller-specific parameter...
5214 @item @var{configparams} ... controllers may support, or require,
5215 additional parameters. See the controller-specific documentation
5216 for more information.
5217 @end itemize
5218 @end deffn
5219
5220 @deffn Command {nand list}
5221 Prints a summary of each device declared
5222 using @command{nand device}, numbered from zero.
5223 Note that un-probed devices show no details.
5224 @example
5225 > nand list
5226 #0: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5227 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5228 #1: NAND 1GiB 3,3V 8-bit (Micron) pagesize: 2048, buswidth: 8,
5229 blocksize: 131072, blocks: 8192
5230 >
5231 @end example
5232 @end deffn
5233
5234 @deffn Command {nand probe} num
5235 Probes the specified device to determine key characteristics
5236 like its page and block sizes, and how many blocks it has.
5237 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5238 You must (successfully) probe a device before you can use
5239 it with most other NAND commands.
5240 @end deffn
5241
5242 @section Erasing, Reading, Writing to NAND Flash
5243
5244 @deffn Command {nand dump} num filename offset length [oob_option]
5245 @cindex NAND reading
5246 Reads binary data from the NAND device and writes it to the file,
5247 starting at the specified offset.
5248 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5249
5250 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5251 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5252
5253 The @var{offset} and @var{length} must be exact multiples of the
5254 device's page size. They describe a data region; the OOB data
5255 associated with each such page may also be accessed.
5256
5257 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, no error correction
5258 was done on the data that's read, unless raw access was disabled
5259 and the underlying NAND controller driver had a @code{read_page}
5260 method which handled that error correction.
5261
5262 By default, only page data is saved to the specified file.
5263 Use an @var{oob_option} parameter to save OOB data:
5264 @itemize @bullet
5265 @item no oob_* parameter
5266 @*Output file holds only page data; OOB is discarded.
5267 @item @code{oob_raw}
5268 @*Output file interleaves page data and OOB data;
5269 the file will be longer than "length" by the size of the
5270 spare areas associated with each data page.
5271 Note that this kind of "raw" access is different from
5272 what's implied by @command{nand raw_access}, which just
5273 controls whether a hardware-aware access method is used.
5274 @item @code{oob_only}
5275 @*Output file has only raw OOB data, and will
5276 be smaller than "length" since it will contain only the
5277 spare areas associated with each data page.
5278 @end itemize
5279 @end deffn
5280
5281 @deffn Command {nand erase} num [offset length]
5282 @cindex NAND erasing
5283 @cindex NAND programming
5284 Erases blocks on the specified NAND device, starting at the
5285 specified @var{offset} and continuing for @var{length} bytes.
5286 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5287 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5288 If those parameters are not specified,
5289 the whole NAND chip will be erased.
5290 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5291
5292 @b{NOTE:} This command will try to erase bad blocks, when told
5293 to do so, which will probably invalidate the manufacturer's bad
5294 block marker.
5295 For the remainder of the current server session, @command{nand info}
5296 will still report that the block ``is'' bad.
5297 @end deffn
5298
5299 @deffn Command {nand write} num filename offset [option...]
5300 @cindex NAND writing
5301 @cindex NAND programming
5302 Writes binary data from the file into the specified NAND device,
5303 starting at the specified offset. Those pages should already
5304 have been erased; you can't change zero bits to one bits.
5305 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5306
5307 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5308 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5309
5310 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5311 All data in the file will be written, assuming it doesn't run
5312 past the end of the device.
5313 Only full pages are written, and any extra space in the last
5314 page will be filled with 0xff bytes. (That includes OOB data,
5315 if that's being written.)
5316
5317 @b{NOTE:} At the time this text was written, bad blocks are
5318 ignored. That is, this routine will not skip bad blocks,
5319 but will instead try to write them. This can cause problems.
5320
5321 Provide at most one @var{option} parameter. With some
5322 NAND drivers, the meanings of these parameters may change
5323 if @command{nand raw_access} was used to disable hardware ECC.
5324 @itemize @bullet
5325 @item no oob_* parameter
5326 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5327 If raw acccess is in use, the OOB area will not be written.
5328 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5329 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may write the OOB
5330 with hardware-computed ECC data.
5331 @item @code{oob_only}
5332 @*File has only raw OOB data, which is written to the OOB area.
5333 Each page's data area stays untouched. @i{This can be a dangerous
5334 option}, since it can invalidate the ECC data.
5335 You may need to force raw access to use this mode.
5336 @item @code{oob_raw}
5337 @*File interleaves data and OOB data, both of which are written
5338 If raw access is enabled, the data is written first, then the
5339 un-altered OOB.
5340 Otherwise, if the underlying NAND controller driver has
5341 a @code{write_page} routine, that routine may modify the OOB
5342 before it's written, to include hardware-computed ECC data.
5343 @item @code{oob_softecc}
5344 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5345 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a standard 1-bit
5346 software ECC code stored in conventional locations.
5347 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5348 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5349 @item @code{oob_softecc_kw}
5350 @*File has only page data, which is written.
5351 The OOB area is filled with 0xff, except for a 4-bit software ECC
5352 specific to the boot ROM in Marvell Kirkwood SoCs.
5353 You might need to force raw access to use this mode, to prevent
5354 the underlying driver from applying hardware ECC.
5355 @end itemize
5356 @end deffn
5357
5358 @deffn Command {nand verify} num filename offset [option...]
5359 @cindex NAND verification
5360 @cindex NAND programming
5361 Verify the binary data in the file has been programmed to the
5362 specified NAND device, starting at the specified offset.
5363 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5364
5365 Use a complete path name for @var{filename}, so you don't depend
5366 on the directory used to start the OpenOCD server.
5367
5368 The @var{offset} must be an exact multiple of the device's page size.
5369 All data in the file will be read and compared to the contents of the
5370 flash, assuming it doesn't run past the end of the device.
5371 As with @command{nand write}, only full pages are verified, so any extra
5372 space in the last page will be filled with 0xff bytes.
5373
5374 The same @var{options} accepted by @command{nand write},
5375 and the file will be processed similarly to produce the buffers that
5376 can be compared against the contents produced from @command{nand dump}.
5377
5378 @b{NOTE:} This will not work when the underlying NAND controller
5379 driver's @code{write_page} routine must update the OOB with a
5380 hardward-computed ECC before the data is written. This limitation may
5381 be removed in a future release.
5382 @end deffn
5383
5384 @section Other NAND commands
5385 @cindex NAND other commands
5386
5387 @deffn Command {nand check_bad_blocks} num [offset length]
5388 Checks for manufacturer bad block markers on the specified NAND
5389 device. If no parameters are provided, checks the whole
5390 device; otherwise, starts at the specified @var{offset} and
5391 continues for @var{length} bytes.
5392 Both of those values must be exact multiples of the device's
5393 block size, and the region they specify must fit entirely in the chip.
5394 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5395
5396 @b{NOTE:} Before using this command you should force raw access
5397 with @command{nand raw_access enable} to ensure that the underlying
5398 driver will not try to apply hardware ECC.
5399 @end deffn
5400
5401 @deffn Command {nand info} num
5402 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5403 This prints the one-line summary from "nand list", plus for
5404 devices which have been probed this also prints any known
5405 status for each block.
5406 @end deffn
5407
5408 @deffn Command {nand raw_access} num (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
5409 Sets or clears an flag affecting how page I/O is done.
5410 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5411
5412 This flag is cleared (disabled) by default, but changing that
5413 value won't affect all NAND devices. The key factor is whether
5414 the underlying driver provides @code{read_page} or @code{write_page}
5415 methods. If it doesn't provide those methods, the setting of
5416 this flag is irrelevant; all access is effectively ``raw''.
5417
5418 When those methods exist, they are normally used when reading
5419 data (@command{nand dump} or reading bad block markers) or
5420 writing it (@command{nand write}). However, enabling
5421 raw access (setting the flag) prevents use of those methods,
5422 bypassing hardware ECC logic.
5423 @i{This can be a dangerous option}, since writing blocks
5424 with the wrong ECC data can cause them to be marked as bad.
5425 @end deffn
5426
5427 @anchor{NAND Driver List}
5428 @section NAND Driver List
5429 As noted above, the @command{nand device} command allows
5430 driver-specific options and behaviors.
5431 Some controllers also activate controller-specific commands.
5432
5433 @deffn {NAND Driver} at91sam9
5434 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on AT91SAM9 family chips from
5435 Atmel. It takes two extra parameters: address of the NAND chip;
5436 address of the ECC controller.
5437 @example
5438 nand device $NANDFLASH at91sam9 $CHIPNAME 0x40000000 0xfffffe800
5439 @end example
5440 AT91SAM9 chips support single-bit ECC hardware. The @code{write_page} and
5441 @code{read_page} methods are used to utilize the ECC hardware unless they are
5442 disabled by using the @command{nand raw_access} command. There are four
5443 additional commands that are needed to fully configure the AT91SAM9 NAND
5444 controller. Two are optional; most boards use the same wiring for ALE/CLE:
5445 @deffn Command {at91sam9 cle} num addr_line
5446 Configure the address line used for latching commands. The @var{num}
5447 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5448 @end deffn
5449 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ale} num addr_line
5450 Configure the address line used for latching addresses. The @var{num}
5451 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5452 @end deffn
5453
5454 For the next two commands, it is assumed that the pins have already been
5455 properly configured for input or output.
5456 @deffn Command {at91sam9 rdy_busy} num pio_base_addr pin
5457 Configure the RDY/nBUSY input from the NAND device. The @var{num}
5458 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5459 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5460 @end deffn
5461 @deffn Command {at91sam9 ce} num pio_base_addr pin
5462 Configure the chip enable input to the NAND device. The @var{num}
5463 parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}. @var{pio_base_addr}
5464 is the base address of the PIO controller and @var{pin} is the pin number.
5465 @end deffn
5466 @end deffn
5467
5468 @deffn {NAND Driver} davinci
5469 This driver handles the NAND controllers found on DaVinci family
5470 chips from Texas Instruments.
5471 It takes three extra parameters:
5472 address of the NAND chip;
5473 hardware ECC mode to use (@option{hwecc1},
5474 @option{hwecc4}, @option{hwecc4_infix});
5475 address of the AEMIF controller on this processor.
5476 @example
5477 nand device davinci dm355.arm 0x02000000 hwecc4 0x01e10000
5478 @end example
5479 All DaVinci processors support the single-bit ECC hardware,
5480 and newer ones also support the four-bit ECC hardware.
5481 The @code{write_page} and @code{read_page} methods are used
5482 to implement those ECC modes, unless they are disabled using
5483 the @command{nand raw_access} command.
5484 @end deffn
5485
5486 @deffn {NAND Driver} lpc3180
5487 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5488 parameter: the clock rate used by the controller.
5489 @deffn Command {lpc3180 select} num [mlc|slc]
5490 Configures use of the MLC or SLC controller mode.
5491 MLC implies use of hardware ECC.
5492 The @var{num} parameter is the value shown by @command{nand list}.
5493 @end deffn
5494
5495 At this writing, this driver includes @code{write_page}
5496 and @code{read_page} methods. Using @command{nand raw_access}
5497 to disable those methods will prevent use of hardware ECC
5498 in the MLC controller mode, but won't change SLC behavior.
5499 @end deffn
5500 @comment current lpc3180 code won't issue 5-byte address cycles
5501
5502 @deffn {NAND Driver} mx3
5503 This driver handles the NAND controller in i.MX31. The mxc driver
5504 should work for this chip aswell.
5505 @end deffn
5506
5507 @deffn {NAND Driver} mxc
5508 This driver handles the NAND controller found in Freescale i.MX
5509 chips. It has support for v1 (i.MX27 and i.MX31) and v2 (i.MX35).
5510 The driver takes 3 extra arguments, chip (@option{mx27},
5511 @option{mx31}, @option{mx35}), ecc (@option{noecc}, @option{hwecc})
5512 and optionally if bad block information should be swapped between
5513 main area and spare area (@option{biswap}), defaults to off.
5514 @example
5515 nand device mx35.nand mxc imx35.cpu mx35 hwecc biswap
5516 @end example
5517 @deffn Command {mxc biswap} bank_num [enable|disable]
5518 Turns on/off bad block information swaping from main area,
5519 without parameter query status.
5520 @end deffn
5521 @end deffn
5522
5523 @deffn {NAND Driver} orion
5524 These controllers require an extra @command{nand device}
5525 parameter: the address of the controller.
5526 @example
5527 nand device orion 0xd8000000
5528 @end example
5529 These controllers don't define any specialized commands.
5530 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5531 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5532 change any behavior.
5533 @end deffn
5534
5535 @deffn {NAND Driver} s3c2410
5536 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2412
5537 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2440
5538 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c2443
5539 @deffnx {NAND Driver} s3c6400
5540 These S3C family controllers don't have any special
5541 @command{nand device} options, and don't define any
5542 specialized commands.
5543 At this writing, their drivers don't include @code{write_page}
5544 or @code{read_page} methods, so @command{nand raw_access} won't
5545 change any behavior.
5546 @end deffn
5547
5548 @node PLD/FPGA Commands
5549 @chapter PLD/FPGA Commands
5550 @cindex PLD
5551 @cindex FPGA
5552
5553 Programmable Logic Devices (PLDs) and the more flexible
5554 Field Programmable Gate Arrays (FPGAs) are both types of programmable hardware.
5555 OpenOCD can support programming them.
5556 Although PLDs are generally restrictive (cells are less functional, and
5557 there are no special purpose cells for memory or computational tasks),
5558 they share the same OpenOCD infrastructure.
5559 Accordingly, both are called PLDs here.
5560
5561 @section PLD/FPGA Configuration and Commands
5562
5563 As it does for JTAG TAPs, debug targets, and flash chips (both NOR and NAND),
5564 OpenOCD maintains a list of PLDs available for use in various commands.
5565 Also, each such PLD requires a driver.
5566
5567 They are referenced by the number shown by the @command{pld devices} command,
5568 and new PLDs are defined by @command{pld device driver_name}.
5569
5570 @deffn {Config Command} {pld device} driver_name tap_name [driver_options]
5571 Defines a new PLD device, supported by driver @var{driver_name},
5572 using the TAP named @var{tap_name}.
5573 The driver may make use of any @var{driver_options} to configure its
5574 behavior.
5575 @end deffn
5576
5577 @deffn {Command} {pld devices}
5578 Lists the PLDs and their numbers.
5579 @end deffn
5580
5581 @deffn {Command} {pld load} num filename
5582 Loads the file @file{filename} into the PLD identified by @var{num}.
5583 The file format must be inferred by the driver.
5584 @end deffn
5585
5586 @section PLD/FPGA Drivers, Options, and Commands
5587
5588 Drivers may support PLD-specific options to the @command{pld device}
5589 definition command, and may also define commands usable only with
5590 that particular type of PLD.
5591
5592 @deffn {FPGA Driver} virtex2
5593 Virtex-II is a family of FPGAs sold by Xilinx.
5594 It supports the IEEE 1532 standard for In-System Configuration (ISC).
5595 No driver-specific PLD definition options are used,
5596 and one driver-specific command is defined.
5597
5598 @deffn {Command} {virtex2 read_stat} num
5599 Reads and displays the Virtex-II status register (STAT)
5600 for FPGA @var{num}.
5601 @end deffn
5602 @end deffn
5603
5604 @node General Commands
5605 @chapter General Commands
5606 @cindex commands
5607
5608 The commands documented in this chapter here are common commands that
5609 you, as a human, may want to type and see the output of. Configuration type
5610 commands are documented elsewhere.
5611
5612 Intent:
5613 @itemize @bullet
5614 @item @b{Source Of Commands}
5615 @* OpenOCD commands can occur in a configuration script (discussed
5616 elsewhere) or typed manually by a human or supplied programatically,
5617 or via one of several TCP/IP Ports.
5618
5619 @item @b{From the human}
5620 @* A human should interact with the telnet interface (default port: 4444)
5621 or via GDB (default port 3333).
5622
5623 To issue commands from within a GDB session, use the @option{monitor}
5624 command, e.g. use @option{monitor poll} to issue the @option{poll}
5625 command. All output is relayed through the GDB session.
5626
5627 @item @b{Machine Interface}
5628 The Tcl interface's intent is to be a machine interface. The default Tcl
5629 port is 5555.
5630 @end itemize
5631
5632
5633 @section Daemon Commands
5634
5635 @deffn {Command} exit
5636 Exits the current telnet session.
5637 @end deffn
5638
5639 @deffn {Command} help [string]
5640 With no parameters, prints help text for all commands.
5641 Otherwise, prints each helptext containing @var{string}.
5642 Not every command provides helptext.
5643
5644 Configuration commands, and commands valid at any time, are
5645 explicitly noted in parenthesis.
5646 In most cases, no such restriction is listed; this indicates commands
5647 which are only available after the configuration stage has completed.
5648 @end deffn
5649
5650 @deffn Command sleep msec [@option{busy}]
5651 Wait for at least @var{msec} milliseconds before resuming.
5652 If @option{busy} is passed, busy-wait instead of sleeping.
5653 (This option is strongly discouraged.)
5654 Useful in connection with script files
5655 (@command{script} command and @command{target_name} configuration).
5656 @end deffn
5657
5658 @deffn Command shutdown
5659 Close the OpenOCD daemon, disconnecting all clients (GDB, telnet, other).
5660 @end deffn
5661
5662 @anchor{debug_level}
5663 @deffn Command debug_level [n]
5664 @cindex message level
5665 Display debug level.
5666 If @var{n} (from 0..3) is provided, then set it to that level.
5667 This affects the kind of messages sent to the server log.
5668 Level 0 is error messages only;
5669 level 1 adds warnings;
5670 level 2 adds informational messages;
5671 and level 3 adds debugging messages.
5672 The default is level 2, but that can be overridden on
5673 the command line along with the location of that log
5674 file (which is normally the server's standard output).
5675 @xref{Running}.
5676 @end deffn
5677
5678 @deffn Command echo [-n] message
5679 Logs a message at "user" priority.
5680 Output @var{message} to stdout.
5681 Option "-n" suppresses trailing newline.
5682 @example
5683 echo "Downloading kernel -- please wait"
5684 @end example
5685 @end deffn
5686
5687 @deffn Command log_output [filename]
5688 Redirect logging to @var{filename};
5689 the initial log output channel is stderr.
5690 @end deffn
5691
5692 @deffn Command add_script_search_dir [directory]
5693 Add @var{directory} to the file/script search path.
5694 @end deffn
5695
5696 @anchor{Target State handling}
5697 @section Target State handling
5698 @cindex reset
5699 @cindex halt
5700 @cindex target initialization
5701
5702 In this section ``target'' refers to a CPU configured as
5703 shown earlier (@pxref{CPU Configuration}).
5704 These commands, like many, implicitly refer to
5705 a current target which is used to perform the
5706 various operations. The current target may be changed
5707 by using @command{targets} command with the name of the
5708 target which should become current.
5709
5710 @deffn Command reg [(number|name) [value]]
5711 Access a single register by @var{number} or by its @var{name}.
5712 The target must generally be halted before access to CPU core
5713 registers is allowed. Depending on the hardware, some other
5714 registers may be accessible while the target is running.
5715
5716 @emph{With no arguments}:
5717 list all available registers for the current target,
5718 showing number, name, size, value, and cache status.
5719 For valid entries, a value is shown; valid entries
5720 which are also dirty (and will be written back later)
5721 are flagged as such.
5722
5723 @emph{With number/name}: display that register's value.
5724
5725 @emph{With both number/name and value}: set register's value.
5726 Writes may be held in a writeback cache internal to OpenOCD,
5727 so that setting the value marks the register as dirty instead
5728 of immediately flushing that value. Resuming CPU execution
5729 (including by single stepping) or otherwise activating the
5730 relevant module will flush such values.
5731
5732 Cores may have surprisingly many registers in their
5733 Debug and trace infrastructure:
5734
5735 @example
5736 > reg
5737 ===== ARM registers
5738 (0) r0 (/32): 0x0000D3C2 (dirty)
5739 (1) r1 (/32): 0xFD61F31C
5740 (2) r2 (/32)
5741 ...
5742 (164) ETM_contextid_comparator_mask (/32)
5743 >
5744 @end example
5745 @end deffn
5746
5747 @deffn Command halt [ms]
5748 @deffnx Command wait_halt [ms]
5749 The @command{halt} command first sends a halt request to the target,
5750 which @command{wait_halt} doesn't.
5751 Otherwise these behave the same: wait up to @var{ms} milliseconds,
5752 or 5 seconds if there is no parameter, for the target to halt
5753 (and enter debug mode).
5754 Using 0 as the @var{ms} parameter prevents OpenOCD from waiting.
5755
5756 @quotation Warning
5757 On ARM cores, software using the @emph{wait for interrupt} operation
5758 often blocks the JTAG access needed by a @command{halt} command.
5759 This is because that operation also puts the core into a low
5760 power mode by gating the core clock;
5761 but the core clock is needed to detect JTAG clock transitions.
5762
5763 One partial workaround uses adaptive clocking: when the core is
5764 interrupted the operation completes, then JTAG clocks are accepted
5765 at least until the interrupt handler completes.
5766 However, this workaround is often unusable since the processor, board,
5767 and JTAG adapter must all support adaptive JTAG clocking.
5768 Also, it can't work until an interrupt is issued.
5769
5770 A more complete workaround is to not use that operation while you
5771 work with a JTAG debugger.
5772 Tasking environments generaly have idle loops where the body is the
5773 @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
5774 (On older cores, it is a coprocessor action;
5775 newer cores have a @option{wfi} instruction.)
5776 Such loops can just remove that operation, at the cost of higher
5777 power consumption (because the CPU is needlessly clocked).
5778 @end quotation
5779
5780 @end deffn
5781
5782 @deffn Command resume [address]
5783 Resume the target at its current code position,
5784 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5785 OpenOCD will wait 5 seconds for the target to resume.
5786 @end deffn
5787
5788 @deffn Command step [address]
5789 Single-step the target at its current code position,
5790 or the optional @var{address} if it is provided.
5791 @end deffn
5792
5793 @anchor{Reset Command}
5794 @deffn Command reset
5795 @deffnx Command {reset run}
5796 @deffnx Command {reset halt}
5797 @deffnx Command {reset init}
5798 Perform as hard a reset as possible, using SRST if possible.
5799 @emph{All defined targets will be reset, and target
5800 events will fire during the reset sequence.}
5801
5802 The optional parameter specifies what should
5803 happen after the reset.
5804 If there is no parameter, a @command{reset run} is executed.
5805 The other options will not work on all systems.
5806 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
5807
5808 @itemize @minus
5809 @item @b{run} Let the target run
5810 @item @b{halt} Immediately halt the target
5811 @item @b{init} Immediately halt the target, and execute the reset-init script
5812 @end itemize
5813 @end deffn
5814
5815 @deffn Command soft_reset_halt
5816 Requesting target halt and executing a soft reset. This is often used
5817 when a target cannot be reset and halted. The target, after reset is
5818 released begins to execute code. OpenOCD attempts to stop the CPU and
5819 then sets the program counter back to the reset vector. Unfortunately
5820 the code that was executed may have left the hardware in an unknown
5821 state.
5822 @end deffn
5823
5824 @section I/O Utilities
5825
5826 These commands are available when
5827 OpenOCD is built with @option{--enable-ioutil}.
5828 They are mainly useful on embedded targets,
5829 notably the ZY1000.
5830 Hosts with operating systems have complementary tools.
5831
5832 @emph{Note:} there are several more such commands.
5833
5834 @deffn Command append_file filename [string]*
5835 Appends the @var{string} parameters to
5836 the text file @file{filename}.
5837 Each string except the last one is followed by one space.
5838 The last string is followed by a newline.
5839 @end deffn
5840
5841 @deffn Command cat filename
5842 Reads and displays the text file @file{filename}.
5843 @end deffn
5844
5845 @deffn Command cp src_filename dest_filename
5846 Copies contents from the file @file{src_filename}
5847 into @file{dest_filename}.
5848 @end deffn
5849
5850 @deffn Command ip
5851 @emph{No description provided.}
5852 @end deffn
5853
5854 @deffn Command ls
5855 @emph{No description provided.}
5856 @end deffn
5857
5858 @deffn Command mac
5859 @emph{No description provided.}
5860 @end deffn
5861
5862 @deffn Command meminfo
5863 Display available RAM memory on OpenOCD host.
5864 Used in OpenOCD regression testing scripts.
5865 @end deffn
5866
5867 @deffn Command peek
5868 @emph{No description provided.}
5869 @end deffn
5870
5871 @deffn Command poke
5872 @emph{No description provided.}
5873 @end deffn
5874
5875 @deffn Command rm filename
5876 @c "rm" has both normal and Jim-level versions??
5877 Unlinks the file @file{filename}.
5878 @end deffn
5879
5880 @deffn Command trunc filename
5881 Removes all data in the file @file{filename}.
5882 @end deffn
5883
5884 @anchor{Memory access}
5885 @section Memory access commands
5886 @cindex memory access
5887
5888 These commands allow accesses of a specific size to the memory
5889 system. Often these are used to configure the current target in some
5890 special way. For example - one may need to write certain values to the
5891 SDRAM controller to enable SDRAM.
5892
5893 @enumerate
5894 @item Use the @command{targets} (plural) command
5895 to change the current target.
5896 @item In system level scripts these commands are deprecated.
5897 Please use their TARGET object siblings to avoid making assumptions
5898 about what TAP is the current target, or about MMU configuration.
5899 @end enumerate
5900
5901 @deffn Command mdw [phys] addr [count]
5902 @deffnx Command mdh [phys] addr [count]
5903 @deffnx Command mdb [phys] addr [count]
5904 Display contents of address @var{addr}, as
5905 32-bit words (@command{mdw}), 16-bit halfwords (@command{mdh}),
5906 or 8-bit bytes (@command{mdb}).
5907 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5908 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5909 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5910 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5911 If @var{count} is specified, displays that many units.
5912 (If you want to manipulate the data instead of displaying it,
5913 see the @code{mem2array} primitives.)
5914 @end deffn
5915
5916 @deffn Command mww [phys] addr word
5917 @deffnx Command mwh [phys] addr halfword
5918 @deffnx Command mwb [phys] addr byte
5919 Writes the specified @var{word} (32 bits),
5920 @var{halfword} (16 bits), or @var{byte} (8-bit) value,
5921 at the specified address @var{addr}.
5922 When the current target has an MMU which is present and active,
5923 @var{addr} is interpreted as a virtual address.
5924 Otherwise, or if the optional @var{phys} flag is specified,
5925 @var{addr} is interpreted as a physical address.
5926 @end deffn
5927
5928
5929 @anchor{Image access}
5930 @section Image loading commands
5931 @cindex image loading
5932 @cindex image dumping
5933
5934 @anchor{dump_image}
5935 @deffn Command {dump_image} filename address size
5936 Dump @var{size} bytes of target memory starting at @var{address} to the
5937 binary file named @var{filename}.
5938 @end deffn
5939
5940 @deffn Command {fast_load}
5941 Loads an image stored in memory by @command{fast_load_image} to the
5942 current target. Must be preceeded by fast_load_image.
5943 @end deffn
5944
5945 @deffn Command {fast_load_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}]
5946 Normally you should be using @command{load_image} or GDB load. However, for
5947 testing purposes or when I/O overhead is significant(OpenOCD running on an embedded
5948 host), storing the image in memory and uploading the image to the target
5949 can be a way to upload e.g. multiple debug sessions when the binary does not change.
5950 Arguments are the same as @command{load_image}, but the image is stored in OpenOCD host
5951 memory, i.e. does not affect target. This approach is also useful when profiling
5952 target programming performance as I/O and target programming can easily be profiled
5953 separately.
5954 @end deffn
5955
5956 @anchor{load_image}
5957 @deffn Command {load_image} filename address [[@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}|@option{s19}] @option{min_addr} @option{max_length}]
5958 Load image from file @var{filename} to target memory offset by @var{address} from its load address.
5959 The file format may optionally be specified
5960 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, @option{elf}, or @option{s19}).
5961 In addition the following arguments may be specifed:
5962 @var{min_addr} - ignore data below @var{min_addr} (this is w.r.t. to the target's load address + @var{address})
5963 @var{max_length} - maximum number of bytes to load.
5964 @example
5965 proc load_image_bin @{fname foffset address length @} @{
5966 # Load data from fname filename at foffset offset to
5967 # target at address. Load at most length bytes.
5968 load_image $fname [expr $address - $foffset] bin $address $length
5969 @}
5970 @end example
5971 @end deffn
5972
5973 @deffn Command {test_image} filename [address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]]
5974 Displays image section sizes and addresses
5975 as if @var{filename} were loaded into target memory
5976 starting at @var{address} (defaults to zero).
5977 The file format may optionally be specified
5978 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5979 @end deffn
5980
5981 @deffn Command {verify_image} filename address [@option{bin}|@option{ihex}|@option{elf}]
5982 Verify @var{filename} against target memory starting at @var{address}.
5983 The file format may optionally be specified
5984 (@option{bin}, @option{ihex}, or @option{elf})
5985 This will first attempt a comparison using a CRC checksum, if this fails it will try a binary compare.
5986 @end deffn
5987
5988
5989 @section Breakpoint and Watchpoint commands
5990 @cindex breakpoint
5991 @cindex watchpoint
5992
5993 CPUs often make debug modules accessible through JTAG, with
5994 hardware support for a handful of code breakpoints and data
5995 watchpoints.
5996 In addition, CPUs almost always support software breakpoints.
5997
5998 @deffn Command {bp} [address len [@option{hw}]]
5999 With no parameters, lists all active breakpoints.
6000 Else sets a breakpoint on code execution starting
6001 at @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6002 This is a software breakpoint, unless @option{hw} is specified
6003 in which case it will be a hardware breakpoint.
6004
6005 (@xref{arm9 vector_catch}, or @pxref{xscale vector_catch},
6006 for similar mechanisms that do not consume hardware breakpoints.)
6007 @end deffn
6008
6009 @deffn Command {rbp} address
6010 Remove the breakpoint at @var{address}.
6011 @end deffn
6012
6013 @deffn Command {rwp} address
6014 Remove data watchpoint on @var{address}
6015 @end deffn
6016
6017 @deffn Command {wp} [address len [(@option{r}|@option{w}|@option{a}) [value [mask]]]]
6018 With no parameters, lists all active watchpoints.
6019 Else sets a data watchpoint on data from @var{address} for @var{length} bytes.
6020 The watch point is an "access" watchpoint unless
6021 the @option{r} or @option{w} parameter is provided,
6022 defining it as respectively a read or write watchpoint.
6023 If a @var{value} is provided, that value is used when determining if
6024 the watchpoint should trigger. The value may be first be masked
6025 using @var{mask} to mark ``don't care'' fields.
6026 @end deffn
6027
6028 @section Misc Commands
6029
6030 @cindex profiling
6031 @deffn Command {profile} seconds filename
6032 Profiling samples the CPU's program counter as quickly as possible,
6033 which is useful for non-intrusive stochastic profiling.
6034 Saves up to 10000 sampines in @file{filename} using ``gmon.out'' format.
6035 @end deffn
6036
6037 @deffn Command {version}
6038 Displays a string identifying the version of this OpenOCD server.
6039 @end deffn
6040
6041 @deffn Command {virt2phys} virtual_address
6042 Requests the current target to map the specified @var{virtual_address}
6043 to its corresponding physical address, and displays the result.
6044 @end deffn
6045
6046 @node Architecture and Core Commands
6047 @chapter Architecture and Core Commands
6048 @cindex Architecture Specific Commands
6049 @cindex Core Specific Commands
6050
6051 Most CPUs have specialized JTAG operations to support debugging.
6052 OpenOCD packages most such operations in its standard command framework.
6053 Some of those operations don't fit well in that framework, so they are
6054 exposed here as architecture or implementation (core) specific commands.
6055
6056 @anchor{ARM Hardware Tracing}
6057 @section ARM Hardware Tracing
6058 @cindex tracing
6059 @cindex ETM
6060 @cindex ETB
6061
6062 CPUs based on ARM cores may include standard tracing interfaces,
6063 based on an ``Embedded Trace Module'' (ETM) which sends voluminous
6064 address and data bus trace records to a ``Trace Port''.
6065
6066 @itemize
6067 @item
6068 Development-oriented boards will sometimes provide a high speed
6069 trace connector for collecting that data, when the particular CPU
6070 supports such an interface.
6071 (The standard connector is a 38-pin Mictor, with both JTAG
6072 and trace port support.)
6073 Those trace connectors are supported by higher end JTAG adapters
6074 and some logic analyzer modules; frequently those modules can
6075 buffer several megabytes of trace data.
6076 Configuring an ETM coupled to such an external trace port belongs
6077 in the board-specific configuration file.
6078 @item
6079 If the CPU doesn't provide an external interface, it probably
6080 has an ``Embedded Trace Buffer'' (ETB) on the chip, which is a
6081 dedicated SRAM. 4KBytes is one common ETB size.
6082 Configuring an ETM coupled only to an ETB belongs in the CPU-specific
6083 (target) configuration file, since it works the same on all boards.
6084 @end itemize
6085
6086 ETM support in OpenOCD doesn't seem to be widely used yet.
6087
6088 @quotation Issues
6089 ETM support may be buggy, and at least some @command{etm config}
6090 parameters should be detected by asking the ETM for them.
6091
6092 ETM trigger events could also implement a kind of complex
6093 hardware breakpoint, much more powerful than the simple
6094 watchpoint hardware exported by EmbeddedICE modules.
6095 @emph{Such breakpoints can be triggered even when using the
6096 dummy trace port driver}.
6097
6098 It seems like a GDB hookup should be possible,
6099 as well as tracing only during specific states
6100 (perhaps @emph{handling IRQ 23} or @emph{calls foo()}).
6101
6102 There should be GUI tools to manipulate saved trace data and help
6103 analyse it in conjunction with the source code.
6104 It's unclear how much of a common interface is shared
6105 with the current XScale trace support, or should be
6106 shared with eventual Nexus-style trace module support.
6107
6108 At this writing (November 2009) only ARM7, ARM9, and ARM11 support
6109 for ETM modules is available. The code should be able to
6110 work with some newer cores; but not all of them support
6111 this original style of JTAG access.
6112 @end quotation
6113
6114 @subsection ETM Configuration
6115 ETM setup is coupled with the trace port driver configuration.
6116
6117 @deffn {Config Command} {etm config} target width mode clocking driver
6118 Declares the ETM associated with @var{target}, and associates it
6119 with a given trace port @var{driver}. @xref{Trace Port Drivers}.
6120
6121 Several of the parameters must reflect the trace port capabilities,
6122 which are a function of silicon capabilties (exposed later
6123 using @command{etm info}) and of what hardware is connected to
6124 that port (such as an external pod, or ETB).
6125 The @var{width} must be either 4, 8, or 16,
6126 except with ETMv3.0 and newer modules which may also
6127 support 1, 2, 24, 32, 48, and 64 bit widths.
6128 (With those versions, @command{etm info} also shows whether
6129 the selected port width and mode are supported.)
6130
6131 The @var{mode} must be @option{normal}, @option{multiplexed},
6132 or @option{demultiplexed}.
6133 The @var{clocking} must be @option{half} or @option{full}.
6134
6135 @quotation Warning
6136 With ETMv3.0 and newer, the bits set with the @var{mode} and
6137 @var{clocking} parameters both control the mode.
6138 This modified mode does not map to the values supported by
6139 previous ETM modules, so this syntax is subject to change.
6140 @end quotation
6141
6142 @quotation Note
6143 You can see the ETM registers using the @command{reg} command.
6144 Not all possible registers are present in every ETM.
6145 Most of the registers are write-only, and are used to configure
6146 what CPU activities are traced.
6147 @end quotation
6148 @end deffn
6149
6150 @deffn Command {etm info}
6151 Displays information about the current target's ETM.
6152 This includes resource counts from the @code{ETM_CONFIG} register,
6153 as well as silicon capabilities (except on rather old modules).
6154 from the @code{ETM_SYS_CONFIG} register.
6155 @end deffn
6156
6157 @deffn Command {etm status}
6158 Displays status of the current target's ETM and trace port driver:
6159 is the ETM idle, or is it collecting data?
6160 Did trace data overflow?
6161 Was it triggered?
6162 @end deffn
6163
6164 @deffn Command {etm tracemode} [type context_id_bits cycle_accurate branch_output]
6165 Displays what data that ETM will collect.
6166 If arguments are provided, first configures that data.
6167 When the configuration changes, tracing is stopped
6168 and any buffered trace data is invalidated.
6169
6170 @itemize
6171 @item @var{type} ... describing how data accesses are traced,
6172 when they pass any ViewData filtering that that was set up.
6173 The value is one of
6174 @option{none} (save nothing),
6175 @option{data} (save data),
6176 @option{address} (save addresses),
6177 @option{all} (save data and addresses)
6178 @item @var{context_id_bits} ... 0, 8, 16, or 32
6179 @item @var{cycle_accurate} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}
6180 cycle-accurate instruction tracing.
6181 Before ETMv3, enabling this causes much extra data to be recorded.
6182 @item @var{branch_output} ... @option{enable} or @option{disable}.
6183 Disable this unless you need to try reconstructing the instruction
6184 trace stream without an image of the code.
6185 @end itemize
6186 @end deffn
6187
6188 @deffn Command {etm trigger_debug} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
6189 Displays whether ETM triggering debug entry (like a breakpoint) is
6190 enabled or disabled, after optionally modifying that configuration.
6191 The default behaviour is @option{disable}.
6192 Any change takes effect after the next @command{etm start}.
6193
6194 By using script commands to configure ETM registers, you can make the
6195 processor enter debug state automatically when certain conditions,
6196 more complex than supported by the breakpoint hardware, happen.
6197 @end deffn
6198
6199 @subsection ETM Trace Operation
6200
6201 After setting up the ETM, you can use it to collect data.
6202 That data can be exported to files for later analysis.
6203 It can also be parsed with OpenOCD, for basic sanity checking.
6204
6205 To configure what is being traced, you will need to write
6206 various trace registers using @command{reg ETM_*} commands.
6207 For the definitions of these registers, read ARM publication
6208 @emph{IHI 0014, ``Embedded Trace Macrocell, Architecture Specification''}.
6209 Be aware that most of the relevant registers are write-only,
6210 and that ETM resources are limited. There are only a handful
6211 of address comparators, data comparators, counters, and so on.
6212
6213 Examples of scenarios you might arrange to trace include:
6214
6215 @itemize
6216 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{excluding} subroutines
6217 it calls. Use address range comparators to enable tracing
6218 for instruction access within that function's body.
6219 @item Code flow within a function, @emph{including} subroutines
6220 it calls. Use the sequencer and address comparators to activate
6221 tracing on an ``entered function'' state, then deactivate it by
6222 exiting that state when the function's exit code is invoked.
6223 @item Code flow starting at the fifth invocation of a function,
6224 combining one of the above models with a counter.
6225 @item CPU data accesses to the registers for a particular device,
6226 using address range comparators and the ViewData logic.
6227 @item Such data accesses only during IRQ handling, combining the above
6228 model with sequencer triggers which on entry and exit to the IRQ handler.
6229 @item @emph{... more}
6230 @end itemize
6231
6232 At this writing, September 2009, there are no Tcl utility
6233 procedures to help set up any common tracing scenarios.
6234
6235 @deffn Command {etm analyze}
6236 Reads trace data into memory, if it wasn't already present.
6237 Decodes and prints the data that was collected.
6238 @end deffn
6239
6240 @deffn Command {etm dump} filename
6241 Stores the captured trace data in @file{filename}.
6242 @end deffn
6243
6244 @deffn Command {etm image} filename [base_address] [type]
6245 Opens an image file.
6246 @end deffn
6247
6248 @deffn Command {etm load} filename
6249 Loads captured trace data from @file{filename}.
6250 @end deffn
6251
6252 @deffn Command {etm start}
6253 Starts trace data collection.
6254 @end deffn
6255
6256 @deffn Command {etm stop}
6257 Stops trace data collection.
6258 @end deffn
6259
6260 @anchor{Trace Port Drivers}
6261 @subsection Trace Port Drivers
6262
6263 To use an ETM trace port it must be associated with a driver.
6264
6265 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} dummy
6266 Use the @option{dummy} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6267 not connected to anything (on-chip ETB or off-chip trace connector).
6268 @emph{This driver lets OpenOCD talk to the ETM, but it does not expose
6269 any trace data collection.}
6270 @deffn {Config Command} {etm_dummy config} target
6271 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a dummy driver.
6272 @end deffn
6273 @end deffn
6274
6275 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} etb
6276 Use the @option{etb} driver if you are configuring an ETM
6277 to use on-chip ETB memory.
6278 @deffn {Config Command} {etb config} target etb_tap
6279 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with the ETB at @var{etb_tap}.
6280 You can see the ETB registers using the @command{reg} command.
6281 @end deffn
6282 @deffn Command {etb trigger_percent} [percent]
6283 This displays, or optionally changes, ETB behavior after the
6284 ETM's configured @emph{trigger} event fires.
6285 It controls how much more trace data is saved after the (single)
6286 trace trigger becomes active.
6287
6288 @itemize
6289 @item The default corresponds to @emph{trace around} usage,
6290 recording 50 percent data before the event and the rest
6291 afterwards.
6292 @item The minimum value of @var{percent} is 2 percent,
6293 recording almost exclusively data before the trigger.
6294 Such extreme @emph{trace before} usage can help figure out
6295 what caused that event to happen.
6296 @item The maximum value of @var{percent} is 100 percent,
6297 recording data almost exclusively after the event.
6298 This extreme @emph{trace after} usage might help sort out
6299 how the event caused trouble.
6300 @end itemize
6301 @c REVISIT allow "break" too -- enter debug mode.
6302 @end deffn
6303
6304 @end deffn
6305
6306 @deffn {Trace Port Driver} oocd_trace
6307 This driver isn't available unless OpenOCD was explicitly configured
6308 with the @option{--enable-oocd_trace} option. You probably don't want
6309 to configure it unless you've built the appropriate prototype hardware;
6310 it's @emph{proof-of-concept} software.
6311
6312 Use the @option{oocd_trace} driver if you are configuring an ETM that's
6313 connected to an off-chip trace connector.
6314
6315 @deffn {Config Command} {oocd_trace config} target tty
6316 Associates the ETM for @var{target} with a trace driver which
6317 collects data through the serial port @var{tty}.
6318 @end deffn
6319
6320 @deffn Command {oocd_trace resync}
6321 Re-synchronizes with the capture clock.
6322 @end deffn
6323
6324 @deffn Command {oocd_trace status}
6325 Reports whether the capture clock is locked or not.
6326 @end deffn
6327 @end deffn
6328
6329
6330 @section Generic ARM
6331 @cindex ARM
6332
6333 These commands should be available on all ARM processors.
6334 They are available in addition to other core-specific
6335 commands that may be available.
6336
6337 @deffn Command {arm core_state} [@option{arm}|@option{thumb}]
6338 Displays the core_state, optionally changing it to process
6339 either @option{arm} or @option{thumb} instructions.
6340 The target may later be resumed in the currently set core_state.
6341 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6342 that is not currently supported in OpenOCD.)
6343 @end deffn
6344
6345 @deffn Command {arm disassemble} address [count [@option{thumb}]]
6346 @cindex disassemble
6347 Disassembles @var{count} instructions starting at @var{address}.
6348 If @var{count} is not specified, a single instruction is disassembled.
6349 If @option{thumb} is specified, or the low bit of the address is set,
6350 Thumb2 (mixed 16/32-bit) instructions are used;
6351 else ARM (32-bit) instructions are used.
6352 (Processors may also support the Jazelle state, but
6353 those instructions are not currently understood by OpenOCD.)
6354
6355 Note that all Thumb instructions are Thumb2 instructions,
6356 so older processors (without Thumb2 support) will still
6357 see correct disassembly of Thumb code.
6358 Also, ThumbEE opcodes are the same as Thumb2,
6359 with a handful of exceptions.
6360 ThumbEE disassembly currently has no explicit support.
6361 @end deffn
6362
6363 @deffn Command {arm mcr} pX op1 CRn CRm op2 value
6364 Write @var{value} to a coprocessor @var{pX} register
6365 passing parameters @var{CRn},
6366 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6367 and using the MCR instruction.
6368 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6369 an ARM register.)
6370 @end deffn
6371
6372 @deffn Command {arm mrc} pX coproc op1 CRn CRm op2
6373 Read a coprocessor @var{pX} register passing parameters @var{CRn},
6374 @var{CRm}, opcodes @var{opc1} and @var{opc2},
6375 and the MRC instruction.
6376 Returns the result so it can be manipulated by Jim scripts.
6377 (Parameter sequence matches the ARM instruction, but omits
6378 an ARM register.)
6379 @end deffn
6380
6381 @deffn Command {arm reg}
6382 Display a table of all banked core registers, fetching the current value from every
6383 core mode if necessary.
6384 @end deffn
6385
6386 @deffn Command {arm semihosting} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6387 @cindex ARM semihosting
6388 Display status of semihosting, after optionally changing that status.
6389
6390 Semihosting allows for code executing on an ARM target to use the
6391 I/O facilities on the host computer i.e. the system where OpenOCD
6392 is running. The target application must be linked against a library
6393 implementing the ARM semihosting convention that forwards operation
6394 requests by using a special SVC instruction that is trapped at the
6395 Supervisor Call vector by OpenOCD.
6396 @end deffn
6397
6398 @section ARMv4 and ARMv5 Architecture
6399 @cindex ARMv4
6400 @cindex ARMv5
6401
6402 The ARMv4 and ARMv5 architectures are widely used in embedded systems,
6403 and introduced core parts of the instruction set in use today.
6404 That includes the Thumb instruction set, introduced in the ARMv4T
6405 variant.
6406
6407 @subsection ARM7 and ARM9 specific commands
6408 @cindex ARM7
6409 @cindex ARM9
6410
6411 These commands are specific to ARM7 and ARM9 cores, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T,
6412 ARM9TDMI, ARM920T or ARM926EJ-S.
6413 They are available in addition to the ARM commands,
6414 and any other core-specific commands that may be available.
6415
6416 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dbgrq} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6417 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the
6418 the EmbeddedIce DBGRQ signal to force entry into debug mode,
6419 instead of breakpoints.
6420 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6421
6422 This should be
6423 safe for all but ARM7TDMI-S cores (like NXP LPC).
6424 This feature is enabled by default on most ARM9 cores,
6425 including ARM9TDMI, ARM920T, and ARM926EJ-S.
6426 @end deffn
6427
6428 @deffn Command {arm7_9 dcc_downloads} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6429 @cindex DCC
6430 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of the debug communications
6431 channel (DCC) to write larger (>128 byte) amounts of memory.
6432 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6433
6434 DCC downloads offer a huge speed increase, but might be
6435 unsafe, especially with targets running at very low speeds. This command was introduced
6436 with OpenOCD rev. 60, and requires a few bytes of working area.
6437 @end deffn
6438
6439 @anchor{arm7_9 fast_memory_access}
6440 @deffn Command {arm7_9 fast_memory_access} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6441 Displays the value of the flag controlling use of memory writes and reads
6442 that don't check completion of the operation.
6443 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6444
6445 This provides a huge speed increase, especially with USB JTAG
6446 cables (FT2232), but might be unsafe if used with targets running at very low
6447 speeds, like the 32kHz startup clock of an AT91RM9200.
6448 @end deffn
6449
6450 @subsection ARM720T specific commands
6451 @cindex ARM720T
6452
6453 These commands are available to ARM720T based CPUs,
6454 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6455 based on the ARM7TDMI-S integer core.
6456 They are available in addition to the ARM and ARM7/ARM9 commands.
6457
6458 @deffn Command {arm720t cp15} opcode [value]
6459 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6460 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6461
6462 Display cp15 register returned by the ARM instruction @var{opcode};
6463 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6464 The @var{opcode} should be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction.
6465 @end deffn
6466
6467 @subsection ARM9 specific commands
6468 @cindex ARM9
6469
6470 ARM9-family cores are built around ARM9TDMI or ARM9E (including ARM9EJS)
6471 integer processors.
6472 Such cores include the ARM920T, ARM926EJ-S, and ARM966.
6473
6474 @c 9-june-2009: tried this on arm920t, it didn't work.
6475 @c no-params always lists nothing caught, and that's how it acts.
6476 @c 23-oct-2009: doesn't work _consistently_ ... as if the ICE
6477 @c versions have different rules about when they commit writes.
6478
6479 @anchor{arm9 vector_catch}
6480 @deffn Command {arm9 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6481 @cindex vector_catch
6482 Vector Catch hardware provides a sort of dedicated breakpoint
6483 for hardware events such as reset, interrupt, and abort.
6484 You can use this to conserve normal breakpoint resources,
6485 so long as you're not concerned with code that branches directly
6486 to those hardware vectors.
6487
6488 This always finishes by listing the current configuration.
6489 If parameters are provided, it first reconfigures the
6490 vector catch hardware to intercept
6491 @option{all} of the hardware vectors,
6492 @option{none} of them,
6493 or a list with one or more of the following:
6494 @option{reset} @option{undef} @option{swi} @option{pabt} @option{dabt}
6495 @option{irq} @option{fiq}.
6496 @end deffn
6497
6498 @subsection ARM920T specific commands
6499 @cindex ARM920T
6500
6501 These commands are available to ARM920T based CPUs,
6502 which are implementations of the ARMv4T architecture
6503 built using the ARM9TDMI integer core.
6504 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6505 and ARM9 commands.
6506
6507 @deffn Command {arm920t cache_info}
6508 Print information about the caches found. This allows to see whether your target
6509 is an ARM920T (2x16kByte cache) or ARM922T (2x8kByte cache).
6510 @end deffn
6511
6512 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15} regnum [value]
6513 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6514 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6515 This uses "physical access" and the register number is as
6516 shown in bits 38..33 of table 9-9 in the ARM920T TRM.
6517 (Not all registers can be written.)
6518 @end deffn
6519
6520 @deffn Command {arm920t cp15i} opcode [value [address]]
6521 @emph{DEPRECATED -- avoid using this.
6522 Use the @command{arm mrc} or @command{arm mcr} commands instead.}
6523
6524 Interpreted access using ARM instruction @var{opcode}, which should
6525 be the value of either an MRC or MCR instruction
6526 (as shown tables 9-11, 9-12, and 9-13 in the ARM920T TRM).
6527 If no @var{value} is provided, the result is displayed.
6528 Else if that value is written using the specified @var{address},
6529 or using zero if no other address is provided.
6530 @end deffn
6531
6532 @deffn Command {arm920t read_cache} filename
6533 Dump the content of ICache and DCache to a file named @file{filename}.
6534 @end deffn
6535
6536 @deffn Command {arm920t read_mmu} filename
6537 Dump the content of the ITLB and DTLB to a file named @file{filename}.
6538 @end deffn
6539
6540 @subsection ARM926ej-s specific commands
6541 @cindex ARM926ej-s
6542
6543 These commands are available to ARM926ej-s based CPUs,
6544 which are implementations of the ARMv5TEJ architecture
6545 based on the ARM9EJ-S integer core.
6546 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6547 and ARM9 commands.
6548
6549 The Feroceon cores also support these commands, although
6550 they are not built from ARM926ej-s designs.
6551
6552 @deffn Command {arm926ejs cache_info}
6553 Print information about the caches found.
6554 @end deffn
6555
6556 @subsection ARM966E specific commands
6557 @cindex ARM966E
6558
6559 These commands are available to ARM966 based CPUs,
6560 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6561 They are available in addition to the ARM, ARM7/ARM9,
6562 and ARM9 commands.
6563
6564 @deffn Command {arm966e cp15} regnum [value]
6565 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6566 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6567 The six bit @var{regnum} values are bits 37..32 from table 7-2 of the
6568 ARM966E-S TRM.
6569 There is no current control over bits 31..30 from that table,
6570 as required for BIST support.
6571 @end deffn
6572
6573 @subsection XScale specific commands
6574 @cindex XScale
6575
6576 Some notes about the debug implementation on the XScale CPUs:
6577
6578 The XScale CPU provides a special debug-only mini-instruction cache
6579 (mini-IC) in which exception vectors and target-resident debug handler
6580 code are placed by OpenOCD. In order to get access to the CPU, OpenOCD
6581 must point vector 0 (the reset vector) to the entry of the debug
6582 handler. However, this means that the complete first cacheline in the
6583 mini-IC is marked valid, which makes the CPU fetch all exception
6584 handlers from the mini-IC, ignoring the code in RAM.
6585
6586 To address this situation, OpenOCD provides the @code{xscale
6587 vector_table} command, which allows the user to explicity write
6588 individual entries to either the high or low vector table stored in
6589 the mini-IC.
6590
6591 It is recommended to place a pc-relative indirect branch in the vector
6592 table, and put the branch destination somewhere in memory. Doing so
6593 makes sure the code in the vector table stays constant regardless of
6594 code layout in memory:
6595 @example
6596 _vectors:
6597 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6598 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6599 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6600 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6601 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6602 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6603 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6604 ldr pc,[pc,#0x100-8]
6605 .org 0x100
6606 .long real_reset_vector
6607 .long real_ui_handler
6608 .long real_swi_handler
6609 .long real_pf_abort
6610 .long real_data_abort
6611 .long 0 /* unused */
6612 .long real_irq_handler
6613 .long real_fiq_handler
6614 @end example
6615
6616 Alternatively, you may choose to keep some or all of the mini-IC
6617 vector table entries synced with those written to memory by your
6618 system software. The mini-IC can not be modified while the processor
6619 is executing, but for each vector table entry not previously defined
6620 using the @code{xscale vector_table} command, OpenOCD will copy the
6621 value from memory to the mini-IC every time execution resumes from a
6622 halt. This is done for both high and low vector tables (although the
6623 table not in use may not be mapped to valid memory, and in this case
6624 that copy operation will silently fail). This means that you will
6625 need to briefly halt execution at some strategic point during system
6626 start-up; e.g., after the software has initialized the vector table,
6627 but before exceptions are enabled. A breakpoint can be used to
6628 accomplish this once the appropriate location in the start-up code has
6629 been identified. A watchpoint over the vector table region is helpful
6630 in finding the location if you're not sure. Note that the same
6631 situation exists any time the vector table is modified by the system
6632 software.
6633
6634 The debug handler must be placed somewhere in the address space using
6635 the @code{xscale debug_handler} command. The allowed locations for the
6636 debug handler are either (0x800 - 0x1fef800) or (0xfe000800 -
6637 0xfffff800). The default value is 0xfe000800.
6638
6639 XScale has resources to support two hardware breakpoints and two
6640 watchpoints. However, the following restrictions on watchpoint
6641 functionality apply: (1) the value and mask arguments to the @code{wp}
6642 command are not supported, (2) the watchpoint length must be a
6643 power of two and not less than four, and can not be greater than the
6644 watchpoint address, and (3) a watchpoint with a length greater than
6645 four consumes all the watchpoint hardware resources. This means that
6646 at any one time, you can have enabled either two watchpoints with a
6647 length of four, or one watchpoint with a length greater than four.
6648
6649 These commands are available to XScale based CPUs,
6650 which are implementations of the ARMv5TE architecture.
6651
6652 @deffn Command {xscale analyze_trace}
6653 Displays the contents of the trace buffer.
6654 @end deffn
6655
6656 @deffn Command {xscale cache_clean_address} address
6657 Changes the address used when cleaning the data cache.
6658 @end deffn
6659
6660 @deffn Command {xscale cache_info}
6661 Displays information about the CPU caches.
6662 @end deffn
6663
6664 @deffn Command {xscale cp15} regnum [value]
6665 Display cp15 register @var{regnum};
6666 else if a @var{value} is provided, that value is written to that register.
6667 @end deffn
6668
6669 @deffn Command {xscale debug_handler} target address
6670 Changes the address used for the specified target's debug handler.
6671 @end deffn
6672
6673 @deffn Command {xscale dcache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6674 Enables or disable the CPU's data cache.
6675 @end deffn
6676
6677 @deffn Command {xscale dump_trace} filename
6678 Dumps the raw contents of the trace buffer to @file{filename}.
6679 @end deffn
6680
6681 @deffn Command {xscale icache} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6682 Enables or disable the CPU's instruction cache.
6683 @end deffn
6684
6685 @deffn Command {xscale mmu} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6686 Enables or disable the CPU's memory management unit.
6687 @end deffn
6688
6689 @deffn Command {xscale trace_buffer} [@option{enable}|@option{disable} [@option{fill} [n] | @option{wrap}]]
6690 Displays the trace buffer status, after optionally
6691 enabling or disabling the trace buffer
6692 and modifying how it is emptied.
6693 @end deffn
6694
6695 @deffn Command {xscale trace_image} filename [offset [type]]
6696 Opens a trace image from @file{filename}, optionally rebasing
6697 its segment addresses by @var{offset}.
6698 The image @var{type} may be one of
6699 @option{bin} (binary), @option{ihex} (Intel hex),
6700 @option{elf} (ELF file), @option{s19} (Motorola s19),
6701 @option{mem}, or @option{builder}.
6702 @end deffn
6703
6704 @anchor{xscale vector_catch}
6705 @deffn Command {xscale vector_catch} [mask]
6706 @cindex vector_catch
6707 Display a bitmask showing the hardware vectors to catch.
6708 If the optional parameter is provided, first set the bitmask to that value.
6709
6710 The mask bits correspond with bit 16..23 in the DCSR:
6711 @example
6712 0x01 Trap Reset
6713 0x02 Trap Undefined Instructions
6714 0x04 Trap Software Interrupt
6715 0x08 Trap Prefetch Abort
6716 0x10 Trap Data Abort
6717 0x20 reserved
6718 0x40 Trap IRQ
6719 0x80 Trap FIQ
6720 @end example
6721 @end deffn
6722
6723 @anchor{xscale vector_table}
6724 @deffn Command {xscale vector_table} [(@option{low}|@option{high}) index value]
6725 @cindex vector_table
6726
6727 Set an entry in the mini-IC vector table. There are two tables: one for
6728 low vectors (at 0x00000000), and one for high vectors (0xFFFF0000), each
6729 holding the 8 exception vectors. @var{index} can be 1-7, because vector 0
6730 points to the debug handler entry and can not be overwritten.
6731 @var{value} holds the 32-bit opcode that is placed in the mini-IC.
6732
6733 Without arguments, the current settings are displayed.
6734
6735 @end deffn
6736
6737 @section ARMv6 Architecture
6738 @cindex ARMv6
6739
6740 @subsection ARM11 specific commands
6741 @cindex ARM11
6742
6743 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite burst} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6744 Displays the value of the memwrite burst-enable flag,
6745 which is enabled by default.
6746 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6747 Burst writes are only used for memory writes larger than 1 word.
6748 They improve performance by assuming that the CPU has read each data
6749 word over JTAG and completed its write before the next word arrives,
6750 instead of polling for a status flag to verify that completion.
6751 This is usually safe, because JTAG runs much slower than the CPU.
6752 @end deffn
6753
6754 @deffn Command {arm11 memwrite error_fatal} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6755 Displays the value of the memwrite error_fatal flag,
6756 which is enabled by default.
6757 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that flag.
6758 When set, certain memory write errors cause earlier transfer termination.
6759 @end deffn
6760
6761 @deffn Command {arm11 step_irq_enable} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}]
6762 Displays the value of the flag controlling whether
6763 IRQs are enabled during single stepping;
6764 they are disabled by default.
6765 If a boolean parameter is provided, first assigns that.
6766 @end deffn
6767
6768 @deffn Command {arm11 vcr} [value]
6769 @cindex vector_catch
6770 Displays the value of the @emph{Vector Catch Register (VCR)},
6771 coprocessor 14 register 7.
6772 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6773
6774 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6775 for certain hardware events.
6776 The specific bit values are core-specific (as in fact is using
6777 coprocessor 14 register 7 itself) but all current ARM11
6778 cores @emph{except the ARM1176} use the same six bits.
6779 @end deffn
6780
6781 @section ARMv7 Architecture
6782 @cindex ARMv7
6783
6784 @subsection ARMv7 Debug Access Port (DAP) specific commands
6785 @cindex Debug Access Port
6786 @cindex DAP
6787 These commands are specific to ARM architecture v7 Debug Access Port (DAP),
6788 included on Cortex-M3 and Cortex-A8 systems.
6789 They are available in addition to other core-specific commands that may be available.
6790
6791 @deffn Command {dap apid} [num]
6792 Displays ID register from AP @var{num},
6793 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6794 @end deffn
6795
6796 @deffn Command {dap apsel} [num]
6797 Select AP @var{num}, defaulting to 0.
6798 @end deffn
6799
6800 @deffn Command {dap baseaddr} [num]
6801 Displays debug base address from MEM-AP @var{num},
6802 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6803 @end deffn
6804
6805 @deffn Command {dap info} [num]
6806 Displays the ROM table for MEM-AP @var{num},
6807 defaulting to the currently selected AP.
6808 @end deffn
6809
6810 @deffn Command {dap memaccess} [value]
6811 Displays the number of extra tck cycles in the JTAG idle to use for MEM-AP
6812 memory bus access [0-255], giving additional time to respond to reads.
6813 If @var{value} is defined, first assigns that.
6814 @end deffn
6815
6816 @subsection Cortex-M3 specific commands
6817 @cindex Cortex-M3
6818
6819 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 maskisr} (@option{auto}|@option{on}|@option{off})
6820 Control masking (disabling) interrupts during target step/resume.
6821
6822 The @option{auto} option handles interrupts during stepping a way they get
6823 served but don't disturb the program flow. The step command first allows
6824 pending interrupt handlers to execute, then disables interrupts and steps over
6825 the next instruction where the core was halted. After the step interrupts
6826 are enabled again. If the interrupt handlers don't complete within 500ms,
6827 the step command leaves with the core running.
6828
6829 Note that a free breakpoint is required for the @option{auto} option. If no
6830 breakpoint is available at the time of the step, then the step is taken
6831 with interrupts enabled, i.e. the same way the @option{off} option does.
6832
6833 Default is @option{auto}.
6834 @end deffn
6835
6836 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 vector_catch} [@option{all}|@option{none}|list]
6837 @cindex vector_catch
6838 Vector Catch hardware provides dedicated breakpoints
6839 for certain hardware events.
6840
6841 Parameters request interception of
6842 @option{all} of these hardware event vectors,
6843 @option{none} of them,
6844 or one or more of the following:
6845 @option{hard_err} for a HardFault exception;
6846 @option{mm_err} for a MemManage exception;
6847 @option{bus_err} for a BusFault exception;
6848 @option{irq_err},
6849 @option{state_err},
6850 @option{chk_err}, or
6851 @option{nocp_err} for various UsageFault exceptions; or
6852 @option{reset}.
6853 If NVIC setup code does not enable them,
6854 MemManage, BusFault, and UsageFault exceptions
6855 are mapped to HardFault.
6856 UsageFault checks for
6857 divide-by-zero and unaligned access
6858 must also be explicitly enabled.
6859
6860 This finishes by listing the current vector catch configuration.
6861 @end deffn
6862
6863 @deffn Command {cortex_m3 reset_config} (@option{srst}|@option{sysresetreq}|@option{vectreset})
6864 Control reset handling. The default @option{srst} is to use srst if fitted,
6865 otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6866 @itemize @minus
6867 @item @option{srst} use hardware srst if fitted otherwise fallback to @option{vectreset}.
6868 @item @option{sysresetreq} use NVIC SYSRESETREQ to reset system.
6869 @item @option{vectreset} use NVIC VECTRESET to reset system.
6870 @end itemize
6871 Using @option{vectreset} is a safe option for all current Cortex-M3 cores.
6872 This however has the disadvantage of only resetting the core, all peripherals
6873 are uneffected. A solution would be to use a @code{reset-init} event handler to manually reset
6874 the peripherals.
6875 @xref{Target Events}.
6876 @end deffn
6877
6878 @anchor{Software Debug Messages and Tracing}
6879 @section Software Debug Messages and Tracing
6880 @cindex Linux-ARM DCC support
6881 @cindex tracing
6882 @cindex libdcc
6883 @cindex DCC
6884 OpenOCD can process certain requests from target software, when
6885 the target uses appropriate libraries.
6886 The most powerful mechanism is semihosting, but there is also
6887 a lighter weight mechanism using only the DCC channel.
6888
6889 Currently @command{target_request debugmsgs}
6890 is supported only for @option{arm7_9} and @option{cortex_m3} cores.
6891 These messages are received as part of target polling, so
6892 you need to have @command{poll on} active to receive them.
6893 They are intrusive in that they will affect program execution
6894 times. If that is a problem, @pxref{ARM Hardware Tracing}.
6895
6896 See @file{libdcc} in the contrib dir for more details.
6897 In addition to sending strings, characters, and
6898 arrays of various size integers from the target,
6899 @file{libdcc} also exports a software trace point mechanism.
6900 The target being debugged may
6901 issue trace messages which include a 24-bit @dfn{trace point} number.
6902 Trace point support includes two distinct mechanisms,
6903 each supported by a command:
6904
6905 @itemize
6906 @item @emph{History} ... A circular buffer of trace points
6907 can be set up, and then displayed at any time.
6908 This tracks where code has been, which can be invaluable in
6909 finding out how some fault was triggered.
6910
6911 The buffer may overflow, since it collects records continuously.
6912 It may be useful to use some of the 24 bits to represent a
6913 particular event, and other bits to hold data.
6914
6915 @item @emph{Counting} ... An array of counters can be set up,
6916 and then displayed at any time.
6917 This can help establish code coverage and identify hot spots.
6918
6919 The array of counters is directly indexed by the trace point
6920 number, so trace points with higher numbers are not counted.
6921 @end itemize
6922
6923 Linux-ARM kernels have a ``Kernel low-level debugging
6924 via EmbeddedICE DCC channel'' option (CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC,
6925 depends on CONFIG_DEBUG_LL) which uses this mechanism to
6926 deliver messages before a serial console can be activated.
6927 This is not the same format used by @file{libdcc}.
6928 Other software, such as the U-Boot boot loader, sometimes
6929 does the same thing.
6930
6931 @deffn Command {target_request debugmsgs} [@option{enable}|@option{disable}|@option{charmsg}]
6932 Displays current handling of target DCC message requests.
6933 These messages may be sent to the debugger while the target is running.
6934 The optional @option{enable} and @option{charmsg} parameters
6935 both enable the messages, while @option{disable} disables them.
6936
6937 With @option{charmsg} the DCC words each contain one character,
6938 as used by Linux with CONFIG_DEBUG_ICEDCC;
6939 otherwise the libdcc format is used.
6940 @end deffn
6941
6942 @deffn Command {trace history} [@option{clear}|count]
6943 With no parameter, displays all the trace points that have triggered
6944 in the order they triggered.
6945 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace history records.
6946 With a @var{count} parameter, allocates space for that many
6947 history records.
6948 @end deffn
6949
6950 @deffn Command {trace point} [@option{clear}|identifier]
6951 With no parameter, displays all trace point identifiers and how many times
6952 they have been triggered.
6953 With the parameter @option{clear}, erases all current trace point counters.
6954 With a numeric @var{identifier} parameter, creates a new a trace point counter
6955 and associates it with that identifier.
6956
6957 @emph{Important:} The identifier and the trace point number
6958 are not related except by this command.
6959 These trace point numbers always start at zero (from server startup,
6960 or after @command{trace point clear}) and count up from there.
6961 @end deffn
6962
6963
6964 @node JTAG Commands
6965 @chapter JTAG Commands
6966 @cindex JTAG Commands
6967 Most general purpose JTAG commands have been presented earlier.
6968 (@xref{JTAG Speed}, @ref{Reset Configuration}, and @ref{TAP Declaration}.)
6969 Lower level JTAG commands, as presented here,
6970 may be needed to work with targets which require special
6971 attention during operations such as reset or initialization.
6972
6973 To use these commands you will need to understand some
6974 of the basics of JTAG, including:
6975
6976 @itemize @bullet
6977 @item A JTAG scan chain consists of a sequence of individual TAP
6978 devices such as a CPUs.
6979 @item Control operations involve moving each TAP through the same
6980 standard state machine (in parallel)
6981 using their shared TMS and clock signals.
6982 @item Data transfer involves shifting data through the chain of
6983 instruction or data registers of each TAP, writing new register values
6984 while the reading previous ones.
6985 @item Data register sizes are a function of the instruction active in
6986 a given TAP, while instruction register sizes are fixed for each TAP.
6987 All TAPs support a BYPASS instruction with a single bit data register.
6988 @item The way OpenOCD differentiates between TAP devices is by
6989 shifting different instructions into (and out of) their instruction
6990 registers.
6991 @end itemize
6992
6993 @section Low Level JTAG Commands
6994
6995 These commands are used by developers who need to access
6996 JTAG instruction or data registers, possibly controlling
6997 the order of TAP state transitions.
6998 If you're not debugging OpenOCD internals, or bringing up a
6999 new JTAG adapter or a new type of TAP device (like a CPU or
7000 JTAG router), you probably won't need to use these commands.
7001 In a debug session that doesn't use JTAG for its transport protocol,
7002 these commands are not available.
7003
7004 @deffn Command {drscan} tap [numbits value]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7005 Loads the data register of @var{tap} with a series of bit fields
7006 that specify the entire register.
7007 Each field is @var{numbits} bits long with
7008 a numeric @var{value} (hexadecimal encouraged).
7009 The return value holds the original value of each
7010 of those fields.
7011
7012 For example, a 38 bit number might be specified as one
7013 field of 32 bits then one of 6 bits.
7014 @emph{For portability, never pass fields which are more
7015 than 32 bits long. Many OpenOCD implementations do not
7016 support 64-bit (or larger) integer values.}
7017
7018 All TAPs other than @var{tap} must be in BYPASS mode.
7019 The single bit in their data registers does not matter.
7020
7021 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7022 in that state.
7023 For example @sc{drpause} might be specified, so that more
7024 instructions can be issued before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7025 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7026
7027 @quotation Warning
7028 OpenOCD does not record information about data register lengths,
7029 so @emph{it is important that you get the bit field lengths right}.
7030 Remember that different JTAG instructions refer to different
7031 data registers, which may have different lengths.
7032 Moreover, those lengths may not be fixed;
7033 the SCAN_N instruction can change the length of
7034 the register accessed by the INTEST instruction
7035 (by connecting a different scan chain).
7036 @end quotation
7037 @end deffn
7038
7039 @deffn Command {flush_count}
7040 Returns the number of times the JTAG queue has been flushed.
7041 This may be used for performance tuning.
7042
7043 For example, flushing a queue over USB involves a
7044 minimum latency, often several milliseconds, which does
7045 not change with the amount of data which is written.
7046 You may be able to identify performance problems by finding
7047 tasks which waste bandwidth by flushing small transfers too often,
7048 instead of batching them into larger operations.
7049 @end deffn
7050
7051 @deffn Command {irscan} [tap instruction]+ [@option{-endstate} tap_state]
7052 For each @var{tap} listed, loads the instruction register
7053 with its associated numeric @var{instruction}.
7054 (The number of bits in that instruction may be displayed
7055 using the @command{scan_chain} command.)
7056 For other TAPs, a BYPASS instruction is loaded.
7057
7058 When @var{tap_state} is specified, the JTAG state machine is left
7059 in that state.
7060 For example @sc{irpause} might be specified, so the data register
7061 can be loaded before re-entering the @sc{run/idle} state.
7062 If the end state is not specified, the @sc{run/idle} state is entered.
7063
7064 @quotation Note
7065 OpenOCD currently supports only a single field for instruction
7066 register values, unlike data register values.
7067 For TAPs where the instruction register length is more than 32 bits,
7068 portable scripts currently must issue only BYPASS instructions.
7069 @end quotation
7070 @end deffn
7071
7072 @deffn Command {jtag_reset} trst srst
7073 Set values of reset signals.
7074 The @var{trst} and @var{srst} parameter values may be
7075 @option{0}, indicating that reset is inactive (pulled or driven high),
7076 or @option{1}, indicating it is active (pulled or driven low).
7077 The @command{reset_config} command should already have been used
7078 to configure how the board and JTAG adapter treat these two
7079 signals, and to say if either signal is even present.
7080 @xref{Reset Configuration}.
7081
7082 Note that TRST is specially handled.
7083 It actually signifies JTAG's @sc{reset} state.
7084 So if the board doesn't support the optional TRST signal,
7085 or it doesn't support it along with the specified SRST value,
7086 JTAG reset is triggered with TMS and TCK signals
7087 instead of the TRST signal.
7088 And no matter how that JTAG reset is triggered, once
7089 the scan chain enters @sc{reset} with TRST inactive,
7090 TAP @code{post-reset} events are delivered to all TAPs
7091 with handlers for that event.
7092 @end deffn
7093
7094 @deffn Command {pathmove} start_state [next_state ...]
7095 Start by moving to @var{start_state}, which
7096 must be one of the @emph{stable} states.
7097 Unless it is the only state given, this will often be the
7098 current state, so that no TCK transitions are needed.
7099 Then, in a series of single state transitions
7100 (conforming to the JTAG state machine) shift to
7101 each @var{next_state} in sequence, one per TCK cycle.
7102 The final state must also be stable.
7103 @end deffn
7104
7105 @deffn Command {runtest} @var{num_cycles}
7106 Move to the @sc{run/idle} state, and execute at least
7107 @var{num_cycles} of the JTAG clock (TCK).
7108 Instructions often need some time
7109 to execute before they take effect.
7110 @end deffn
7111
7112 @c tms_sequence (short|long)
7113 @c ... temporary, debug-only, other than USBprog bug workaround...
7114
7115 @deffn Command {verify_ircapture} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7116 Verify values captured during @sc{ircapture} and returned
7117 during IR scans. Default is enabled, but this can be
7118 overridden by @command{verify_jtag}.
7119 This flag is ignored when validating JTAG chain configuration.
7120 @end deffn
7121
7122 @deffn Command {verify_jtag} (@option{enable}|@option{disable})
7123 Enables verification of DR and IR scans, to help detect
7124 programming errors. For IR scans, @command{verify_ircapture}
7125 must also be enabled.
7126 Default is enabled.
7127 @end deffn
7128
7129 @section TAP state names
7130 @cindex TAP state names
7131
7132 The @var{tap_state} names used by OpenOCD in the @command{drscan},
7133 @command{irscan}, and @command{pathmove} commands are the same
7134 as those used in SVF boundary scan documents, except that
7135 SVF uses @sc{idle} instead of @sc{run/idle}.
7136
7137 @itemize @bullet
7138 @item @b{RESET} ... @emph{stable} (with TMS high);
7139 acts as if TRST were pulsed
7140 @item @b{RUN/IDLE} ... @emph{stable}; don't assume this always means IDLE
7141 @item @b{DRSELECT}
7142 @item @b{DRCAPTURE}
7143 @item @b{DRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7144 through the data register
7145 @item @b{DREXIT1}
7146 @item @b{DRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; data register ready
7147 for update or more shifting
7148 @item @b{DREXIT2}
7149 @item @b{DRUPDATE}
7150 @item @b{IRSELECT}
7151 @item @b{IRCAPTURE}
7152 @item @b{IRSHIFT} ... @emph{stable}; TDI/TDO shifting
7153 through the instruction register
7154 @item @b{IREXIT1}
7155 @item @b{IRPAUSE} ... @emph{stable}; instruction register ready
7156 for update or more shifting
7157 @item @b{IREXIT2}
7158 @item @b{IRUPDATE}
7159 @end itemize
7160
7161 Note that only six of those states are fully ``stable'' in the
7162 face of TMS fixed (low except for @sc{reset})
7163 and a free-running JTAG clock. For all the
7164 others, the next TCK transition changes to a new state.
7165
7166 @itemize @bullet
7167 @item From @sc{drshift} and @sc{irshift}, clock transitions will
7168 produce side effects by changing register contents. The values
7169 to be latched in upcoming @sc{drupdate} or @sc{irupdate} states
7170 may not be as expected.
7171 @item @sc{run/idle}, @sc{drpause}, and @sc{irpause} are reasonable
7172 choices after @command{drscan} or @command{irscan} commands,
7173 since they are free of JTAG side effects.
7174 @item @sc{run/idle} may have side effects that appear at non-JTAG
7175 levels, such as advancing the ARM9E-S instruction pipeline.
7176 Consult the documentation for the TAP(s) you are working with.
7177 @end itemize
7178
7179 @node Boundary Scan Commands
7180 @chapter Boundary Scan Commands
7181
7182 One of the original purposes of JTAG was to support
7183 boundary scan based hardware testing.
7184 Although its primary focus is to support On-Chip Debugging,
7185 OpenOCD also includes some boundary scan commands.
7186
7187 @section SVF: Serial Vector Format
7188 @cindex Serial Vector Format
7189 @cindex SVF
7190
7191 The Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{SVF}, is a
7192 way to represent JTAG test patterns in text files.
7193 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7194 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7195
7196 @deffn Command {svf} filename [@option{quiet}]
7197 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7198 runs the SVF script from @file{filename}.
7199 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7200 each command is logged before it is executed.
7201 @end deffn
7202
7203 @section XSVF: Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7204 @cindex Xilinx Serial Vector Format
7205 @cindex XSVF
7206
7207 The Xilinx Serial Vector Format, better known as @dfn{XSVF}, is a
7208 binary representation of SVF which is optimized for use with
7209 Xilinx devices.
7210 In a debug session using JTAG for its transport protocol,
7211 OpenOCD supports running such test files.
7212
7213 @quotation Important
7214 Not all XSVF commands are supported.
7215 @end quotation
7216
7217 @deffn Command {xsvf} (tapname|@option{plain}) filename [@option{virt2}] [@option{quiet}]
7218 This issues a JTAG reset (Test-Logic-Reset) and then
7219 runs the XSVF script from @file{filename}.
7220 When a @var{tapname} is specified, the commands are directed at
7221 that TAP.
7222 When @option{virt2} is specified, the @sc{xruntest} command counts
7223 are interpreted as TCK cycles instead of microseconds.
7224 Unless the @option{quiet} option is specified,
7225 messages are logged for comments and some retries.
7226 @end deffn
7227
7228 The OpenOCD sources also include two utility scripts
7229 for working with XSVF; they are not currently installed
7230 after building the software.
7231 You may find them useful:
7232
7233 @itemize
7234 @item @emph{svf2xsvf} ... converts SVF files into the extended XSVF
7235 syntax understood by the @command{xsvf} command; see notes below.
7236 @item @emph{xsvfdump} ... converts XSVF files into a text output format;
7237 understands the OpenOCD extensions.
7238 @end itemize
7239
7240 The input format accepts a handful of non-standard extensions.
7241 These include three opcodes corresponding to SVF extensions
7242 from Lattice Semiconductor (LCOUNT, LDELAY, LDSR), and
7243 two opcodes supporting a more accurate translation of SVF
7244 (XTRST, XWAITSTATE).
7245 If @emph{xsvfdump} shows a file is using those opcodes, it
7246 probably will not be usable with other XSVF tools.
7247
7248
7249 @node TFTP
7250 @chapter TFTP
7251 @cindex TFTP
7252 If OpenOCD runs on an embedded host(as ZY1000 does), then TFTP can
7253 be used to access files on PCs (either the developer's PC or some other PC).
7254
7255 The way this works on the ZY1000 is to prefix a filename by
7256 "/tftp/ip/" and append the TFTP path on the TFTP
7257 server (tftpd). For example,
7258
7259 @example
7260 load_image /tftp/10.0.0.96/c:\temp\abc.elf
7261 @end example
7262
7263 will load c:\temp\abc.elf from the developer pc (10.0.0.96) into memory as
7264 if the file was hosted on the embedded host.
7265
7266 In order to achieve decent performance, you must choose a TFTP server
7267 that supports a packet size bigger than the default packet size (512 bytes). There
7268 are numerous TFTP servers out there (free and commercial) and you will have to do
7269 a bit of googling to find something that fits your requirements.
7270
7271 @node GDB and OpenOCD
7272 @chapter GDB and OpenOCD
7273 @cindex GDB
7274 OpenOCD complies with the remote gdbserver protocol, and as such can be used
7275 to debug remote targets.
7276 Setting up GDB to work with OpenOCD can involve several components:
7277
7278 @itemize
7279 @item The OpenOCD server support for GDB may need to be configured.
7280 @xref{GDB Configuration}.
7281 @item GDB's support for OpenOCD may need configuration,
7282 as shown in this chapter.
7283 @item If you have a GUI environment like Eclipse,
7284 that also will probably need to be configured.
7285 @end itemize
7286
7287 Of course, the version of GDB you use will need to be one which has
7288 been built to know about the target CPU you're using. It's probably
7289 part of the tool chain you're using. For example, if you are doing
7290 cross-development for ARM on an x86 PC, instead of using the native
7291 x86 @command{gdb} command you might use @command{arm-none-eabi-gdb}
7292 if that's the tool chain used to compile your code.
7293
7294 @anchor{Connecting to GDB}
7295 @section Connecting to GDB
7296 @cindex Connecting to GDB
7297 Use GDB 6.7 or newer with OpenOCD if you run into trouble. For
7298 instance GDB 6.3 has a known bug that produces bogus memory access
7299 errors, which has since been fixed; see
7300 @url{http://osdir.com/ml/gdb.bugs.discuss/2004-12/msg00018.html}
7301
7302 OpenOCD can communicate with GDB in two ways:
7303
7304 @enumerate
7305 @item
7306 A socket (TCP/IP) connection is typically started as follows:
7307 @example
7308 target remote localhost:3333
7309 @end example
7310 This would cause GDB to connect to the gdbserver on the local pc using port 3333.
7311 @item
7312 A pipe connection is typically started as follows:
7313 @example
7314 target remote | openocd -c "gdb_port pipe; log_output openocd.log"
7315 @end example
7316 This would cause GDB to run OpenOCD and communicate using pipes (stdin/stdout).
7317 Using this method has the advantage of GDB starting/stopping OpenOCD for the debug
7318 session. log_output sends the log output to a file to ensure that the pipe is
7319 not saturated when using higher debug level outputs.
7320 @end enumerate
7321
7322 To list the available OpenOCD commands type @command{monitor help} on the
7323 GDB command line.
7324
7325 @section Sample GDB session startup
7326
7327 With the remote protocol, GDB sessions start a little differently
7328 than they do when you're debugging locally.
7329 Here's an examples showing how to start a debug session with a
7330 small ARM program.
7331 In this case the program was linked to be loaded into SRAM on a Cortex-M3.
7332 Most programs would be written into flash (address 0) and run from there.
7333
7334 @example
7335 $ arm-none-eabi-gdb example.elf
7336 (gdb) target remote localhost:3333
7337 Remote debugging using localhost:3333
7338 ...
7339 (gdb) monitor reset halt
7340 ...
7341 (gdb) load
7342 Loading section .vectors, size 0x100 lma 0x20000000
7343 Loading section .text, size 0x5a0 lma 0x20000100
7344 Loading section .data, size 0x18 lma 0x200006a0
7345 Start address 0x2000061c, load size 1720
7346 Transfer rate: 22 KB/sec, 573 bytes/write.
7347 (gdb) continue
7348 Continuing.
7349 ...
7350 @end example
7351
7352 You could then interrupt the GDB session to make the program break,
7353 type @command{where} to show the stack, @command{list} to show the
7354 code around the program counter, @command{step} through code,
7355 set breakpoints or watchpoints, and so on.
7356
7357 @section Configuring GDB for OpenOCD
7358
7359 OpenOCD supports the gdb @option{qSupported} packet, this enables information
7360 to be sent by the GDB remote server (i.e. OpenOCD) to GDB. Typical information includes
7361 packet size and the device's memory map.
7362 You do not need to configure the packet size by hand,
7363 and the relevant parts of the memory map should be automatically
7364 set up when you declare (NOR) flash banks.
7365
7366 However, there are other things which GDB can't currently query.
7367 You may need to set those up by hand.
7368 As OpenOCD starts up, you will often see a line reporting
7369 something like:
7370
7371 @example
7372 Info : lm3s.cpu: hardware has 6 breakpoints, 4 watchpoints
7373 @end example
7374
7375 You can pass that information to GDB with these commands:
7376
7377 @example
7378 set remote hardware-breakpoint-limit 6
7379 set remote hardware-watchpoint-limit 4
7380 @end example
7381
7382 With that particular hardware (Cortex-M3) the hardware breakpoints
7383 only work for code running from flash memory. Most other ARM systems
7384 do not have such restrictions.
7385
7386 Another example of useful GDB configuration came from a user who
7387 found that single stepping his Cortex-M3 didn't work well with IRQs
7388 and an RTOS until he told GDB to disable the IRQs while stepping:
7389
7390 @example
7391 define hook-step
7392 mon cortex_m3 maskisr on
7393 end
7394 define hookpost-step
7395 mon cortex_m3 maskisr off
7396 end
7397 @end example
7398
7399 Rather than typing such commands interactively, you may prefer to
7400 save them in a file and have GDB execute them as it starts, perhaps
7401 using a @file{.gdbinit} in your project directory or starting GDB
7402 using @command{gdb -x filename}.
7403
7404 @section Programming using GDB
7405 @cindex Programming using GDB
7406
7407 By default the target memory map is sent to GDB. This can be disabled by
7408 the following OpenOCD configuration option:
7409 @example
7410 gdb_memory_map disable
7411 @end example
7412 For this to function correctly a valid flash configuration must also be set
7413 in OpenOCD. For faster performance you should also configure a valid
7414 working area.
7415
7416 Informing GDB of the memory map of the target will enable GDB to protect any
7417 flash areas of the target and use hardware breakpoints by default. This means
7418 that the OpenOCD option @command{gdb_breakpoint_override} is not required when
7419 using a memory map. @xref{gdb_breakpoint_override}.
7420
7421 To view the configured memory map in GDB, use the GDB command @option{info mem}
7422 All other unassigned addresses within GDB are treated as RAM.
7423
7424 GDB 6.8 and higher set any memory area not in the memory map as inaccessible.
7425 This can be changed to the old behaviour by using the following GDB command
7426 @example
7427 set mem inaccessible-by-default off
7428 @end example
7429
7430 If @command{gdb_flash_program enable} is also used, GDB will be able to
7431 program any flash memory using the vFlash interface.
7432
7433 GDB will look at the target memory map when a load command is given, if any
7434 areas to be programmed lie within the target flash area the vFlash packets
7435 will be used.
7436
7437 If the target needs configuring before GDB programming, an event
7438 script can be executed:
7439 @example
7440 $_TARGETNAME configure -event EVENTNAME BODY
7441 @end example
7442
7443 To verify any flash programming the GDB command @option{compare-sections}
7444 can be used.
7445 @anchor{Using openocd SMP with GDB}
7446 @section Using openocd SMP with GDB
7447 @cindex SMP
7448 For SMP support following GDB serial protocol packet have been defined :
7449 @itemize @bullet
7450 @item j - smp status request
7451 @item J - smp set request
7452 @end itemize
7453
7454 OpenOCD implements :
7455 @itemize @bullet
7456 @item @option{jc} packet for reading core id displayed by
7457 GDB connection. Reply is @option{XXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits giving core id) or
7458 @option{E01} for target not smp.
7459 @item @option{JcXXXXXXXX} (8 hex digits) packet for setting core id displayed at next GDB continue
7460 (core id -1 is reserved for returning to normal resume mode). Reply @option{E01}
7461 for target not smp or @option{OK} on success.
7462 @end itemize
7463
7464 Handling of this packet within GDB can be done :
7465 @itemize @bullet
7466 @item by the creation of an internal variable (i.e @option{_core}) by mean
7467 of function allocate_computed_value allowing following GDB command.
7468 @example
7469 set $_core 1
7470 #Jc01 packet is sent
7471 print $_core
7472 #jc packet is sent and result is affected in $
7473 @end example
7474
7475 @item by the usage of GDB maintenance command as described in following example (2
7476 cpus in SMP with core id 0 and 1 @pxref{Define CPU targets working in SMP}).
7477
7478 @example
7479 # toggle0 : force display of coreid 0
7480 define toggle0
7481 maint packet Jc0
7482 continue
7483 main packet Jc-1
7484 end
7485 # toggle1 : force display of coreid 1
7486 define toggle1
7487 maint packet Jc1
7488 continue
7489 main packet Jc-1
7490 end
7491 @end example
7492 @end itemize
7493
7494
7495 @node Tcl Scripting API
7496 @chapter Tcl Scripting API
7497 @cindex Tcl Scripting API
7498 @cindex Tcl scripts
7499 @section API rules
7500
7501 The commands are stateless. E.g. the telnet command line has a concept
7502 of currently active target, the Tcl API proc's take this sort of state
7503 information as an argument to each proc.
7504
7505 There are three main types of return values: single value, name value
7506 pair list and lists.
7507
7508 Name value pair. The proc 'foo' below returns a name/value pair
7509 list.
7510
7511 @verbatim
7512
7513 > set foo(me) Duane
7514 > set foo(you) Oyvind
7515 > set foo(mouse) Micky
7516 > set foo(duck) Donald
7517
7518 If one does this:
7519
7520 > set foo
7521
7522 The result is:
7523
7524 me Duane you Oyvind mouse Micky duck Donald
7525
7526 Thus, to get the names of the associative array is easy:
7527
7528 foreach { name value } [set foo] {
7529 puts "Name: $name, Value: $value"
7530 }
7531 @end verbatim
7532
7533 Lists returned must be relatively small. Otherwise a range
7534 should be passed in to the proc in question.
7535
7536 @section Internal low-level Commands
7537
7538 By low-level, the intent is a human would not directly use these commands.
7539
7540 Low-level commands are (should be) prefixed with "ocd_", e.g.
7541 @command{ocd_flash_banks}
7542 is the low level API upon which @command{flash banks} is implemented.
7543
7544 @itemize @bullet
7545 @item @b{mem2array} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7546
7547 Read memory and return as a Tcl array for script processing
7548 @item @b{array2mem} <@var{varname}> <@var{width}> <@var{addr}> <@var{nelems}>
7549
7550 Convert a Tcl array to memory locations and write the values
7551 @item @b{ocd_flash_banks} <@var{driver}> <@var{base}> <@var{size}> <@var{chip_width}> <@var{bus_width}> <@var{target}> [@option{driver options} ...]
7552
7553 Return information about the flash banks
7554 @end itemize
7555
7556 OpenOCD commands can consist of two words, e.g. "flash banks". The
7557 @file{startup.tcl} "unknown" proc will translate this into a Tcl proc
7558 called "flash_banks".
7559
7560 @section OpenOCD specific Global Variables
7561
7562 Real Tcl has ::tcl_platform(), and platform::identify, and many other
7563 variables. JimTCL, as implemented in OpenOCD creates $ocd_HOSTOS which
7564 holds one of the following values:
7565
7566 @itemize @bullet
7567 @item @b{cygwin} Running under Cygwin
7568 @item @b{darwin} Darwin (Mac-OS) is the underlying operating sytem.
7569 @item @b{freebsd} Running under FreeBSD
7570 @item @b{linux} Linux is the underlying operating sytem
7571 @item @b{mingw32} Running under MingW32
7572 @item @b{winxx} Built using Microsoft Visual Studio
7573 @item @b{other} Unknown, none of the above.
7574 @end itemize
7575
7576 Note: 'winxx' was choosen because today (March-2009) no distinction is made between Win32 and Win64.
7577
7578 @quotation Note
7579 We should add support for a variable like Tcl variable
7580 @code{tcl_platform(platform)}, it should be called
7581 @code{jim_platform} (because it
7582 is jim, not real tcl).
7583 @end quotation
7584
7585 @node FAQ
7586 @chapter FAQ
7587 @cindex faq
7588 @enumerate
7589 @anchor{FAQ RTCK}
7590 @item @b{RTCK, also known as: Adaptive Clocking - What is it?}
7591 @cindex RTCK
7592 @cindex adaptive clocking
7593 @*
7594
7595 In digital circuit design it is often refered to as ``clock
7596 synchronisation'' the JTAG interface uses one clock (TCK or TCLK)
7597 operating at some speed, your CPU target is operating at another.
7598 The two clocks are not synchronised, they are ``asynchronous''
7599
7600 In order for the two to work together they must be synchronised
7601 well enough to work; JTAG can't go ten times faster than the CPU,
7602 for example. There are 2 basic options:
7603 @enumerate
7604 @item
7605 Use a special "adaptive clocking" circuit to change the JTAG
7606 clock rate to match what the CPU currently supports.
7607 @item
7608 The JTAG clock must be fixed at some speed that's enough slower than
7609 the CPU clock that all TMS and TDI transitions can be detected.
7610 @end enumerate
7611
7612 @b{Does this really matter?} For some chips and some situations, this
7613 is a non-issue, like a 500MHz ARM926 with a 5 MHz JTAG link;
7614 the CPU has no difficulty keeping up with JTAG.
7615 Startup sequences are often problematic though, as are other
7616 situations where the CPU clock rate changes (perhaps to save
7617 power).
7618
7619 For example, Atmel AT91SAM chips start operation from reset with
7620 a 32kHz system clock. Boot firmware may activate the main oscillator
7621 and PLL before switching to a faster clock (perhaps that 500 MHz
7622 ARM926 scenario).
7623 If you're using JTAG to debug that startup sequence, you must slow
7624 the JTAG clock to sometimes 1 to 4kHz. After startup completes,
7625 JTAG can use a faster clock.
7626
7627 Consider also debugging a 500MHz ARM926 hand held battery powered
7628 device that enters a low power ``deep sleep'' mode, at 32kHz CPU
7629 clock, between keystrokes unless it has work to do. When would
7630 that 5 MHz JTAG clock be usable?
7631
7632 @b{Solution #1 - A special circuit}
7633
7634 In order to make use of this,
7635 your CPU, board, and JTAG adapter must all support the RTCK
7636 feature. Not all of them support this; keep reading!
7637
7638 The RTCK ("Return TCK") signal in some ARM chips is used to help with
7639 this problem. ARM has a good description of the problem described at
7640 this link: @url{http://www.arm.com/support/faqdev/4170.html} [checked
7641 28/nov/2008]. Link title: ``How does the JTAG synchronisation logic
7642 work? / how does adaptive clocking work?''.
7643
7644 The nice thing about adaptive clocking is that ``battery powered hand
7645 held device example'' - the adaptiveness works perfectly all the
7646 time. One can set a break point or halt the system in the deep power
7647 down code, slow step out until the system speeds up.
7648
7649 Note that adaptive clocking may also need to work at the board level,
7650 when a board-level scan chain has multiple chips.
7651 Parallel clock voting schemes are good way to implement this,
7652 both within and between chips, and can easily be implemented
7653 with a CPLD.
7654 It's not difficult to have logic fan a module's input TCK signal out
7655 to each TAP in the scan chain, and then wait until each TAP's RTCK comes
7656 back with the right polarity before changing the output RTCK signal.
7657 Texas Instruments makes some clock voting logic available
7658 for free (with no support) in VHDL form; see
7659 @url{http://tiexpressdsp.com/index.php/Adaptive_Clocking}
7660
7661 @b{Solution #2 - Always works - but may be slower}
7662
7663 Often this is a perfectly acceptable solution.
7664
7665 In most simple terms: Often the JTAG clock must be 1/10 to 1/12 of
7666 the target clock speed. But what that ``magic division'' is varies
7667 depending on the chips on your board.
7668 @b{ARM rule of thumb} Most ARM based systems require an 6:1 division;
7669 ARM11 cores use an 8:1 division.
7670 @b{Xilinx rule of thumb} is 1/12 the clock speed.
7671
7672 Note: most full speed FT2232 based JTAG adapters are limited to a
7673 maximum of 6MHz. The ones using USB high speed chips (FT2232H)
7674 often support faster clock rates (and adaptive clocking).
7675
7676 You can still debug the 'low power' situations - you just need to
7677 either use a fixed and very slow JTAG clock rate ... or else
7678 manually adjust the clock speed at every step. (Adjusting is painful
7679 and tedious, and is not always practical.)
7680
7681 It is however easy to ``code your way around it'' - i.e.: Cheat a little,
7682 have a special debug mode in your application that does a ``high power
7683 sleep''. If you are careful - 98% of your problems can be debugged
7684 this way.
7685
7686 Note that on ARM you may need to avoid using the @emph{wait for interrupt}
7687 operation in your idle loops even if you don't otherwise change the CPU
7688 clock rate.
7689 That operation gates the CPU clock, and thus the JTAG clock; which
7690 prevents JTAG access. One consequence is not being able to @command{halt}
7691 cores which are executing that @emph{wait for interrupt} operation.
7692
7693 To set the JTAG frequency use the command:
7694
7695 @example
7696 # Example: 1.234MHz
7697 adapter_khz 1234
7698 @end example
7699
7700
7701 @item @b{Win32 Pathnames} Why don't backslashes work in Windows paths?
7702
7703 OpenOCD uses Tcl and a backslash is an escape char. Use @{ and @}
7704 around Windows filenames.
7705
7706 @example
7707 > echo \a
7708
7709 > echo @{\a@}
7710 \a
7711 > echo "\a"
7712
7713 >
7714 @end example
7715
7716
7717 @item @b{Missing: cygwin1.dll} OpenOCD complains about a missing cygwin1.dll.
7718
7719 Make sure you have Cygwin installed, or at least a version of OpenOCD that
7720 claims to come with all the necessary DLLs. When using Cygwin, try launching
7721 OpenOCD from the Cygwin shell.
7722
7723 @item @b{Breakpoint Issue} I'm trying to set a breakpoint using GDB (or a frontend like Insight or
7724 Eclipse), but OpenOCD complains that "Info: arm7_9_common.c:213
7725 arm7_9_add_breakpoint(): sw breakpoint requested, but software breakpoints not enabled".
7726
7727 GDB issues software breakpoints when a normal breakpoint is requested, or to implement
7728 source-line single-stepping. On ARMv4T systems, like ARM7TDMI, ARM720T or ARM920T,
7729 software breakpoints consume one of the two available hardware breakpoints.
7730
7731 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} When erasing or writing LPC2000 on-chip flash, the operation fails at random.
7732
7733 Make sure the core frequency specified in the @option{flash lpc2000} line matches the
7734 clock at the time you're programming the flash. If you've specified the crystal's
7735 frequency, make sure the PLL is disabled. If you've specified the full core speed
7736 (e.g. 60MHz), make sure the PLL is enabled.
7737
7738 @item @b{Amontec Chameleon} When debugging using an Amontec Chameleon in its JTAG Accelerator configuration,
7739 I keep getting "Error: amt_jtagaccel.c:184 amt_wait_scan_busy(): amt_jtagaccel timed
7740 out while waiting for end of scan, rtck was disabled".
7741
7742 Make sure your PC's parallel port operates in EPP mode. You might have to try several
7743 settings in your PC BIOS (ECP, EPP, and different versions of those).
7744
7745 @item @b{Data Aborts} When debugging with OpenOCD and GDB (plain GDB, Insight, or Eclipse),
7746 I get lots of "Error: arm7_9_common.c:1771 arm7_9_read_memory():
7747 memory read caused data abort".
7748
7749 The errors are non-fatal, and are the result of GDB trying to trace stack frames
7750 beyond the last valid frame. It might be possible to prevent this by setting up
7751 a proper "initial" stack frame, if you happen to know what exactly has to
7752 be done, feel free to add this here.
7753
7754 @b{Simple:} In your startup code - push 8 registers of zeros onto the
7755 stack before calling main(). What GDB is doing is ``climbing'' the run
7756 time stack by reading various values on the stack using the standard
7757 call frame for the target. GDB keeps going - until one of 2 things
7758 happen @b{#1} an invalid frame is found, or @b{#2} some huge number of
7759 stackframes have been processed. By pushing zeros on the stack, GDB
7760 gracefully stops.
7761
7762 @b{Debugging Interrupt Service Routines} - In your ISR before you call
7763 your C code, do the same - artifically push some zeros onto the stack,
7764 remember to pop them off when the ISR is done.
7765
7766 @b{Also note:} If you have a multi-threaded operating system, they
7767 often do not @b{in the intrest of saving memory} waste these few
7768 bytes. Painful...
7769
7770
7771 @item @b{JTAG Reset Config} I get the following message in the OpenOCD console (or log file):
7772 "Warning: arm7_9_common.c:679 arm7_9_assert_reset(): srst resets test logic, too".
7773
7774 This warning doesn't indicate any serious problem, as long as you don't want to
7775 debug your core right out of reset. Your .cfg file specified @option{jtag_reset
7776 trst_and_srst srst_pulls_trst} to tell OpenOCD that either your board,
7777 your debugger or your target uC (e.g. LPC2000) can't assert the two reset signals
7778 independently. With this setup, it's not possible to halt the core right out of
7779 reset, everything else should work fine.
7780
7781 @item @b{USB Power} When using OpenOCD in conjunction with Amontec JTAGkey and the Yagarto
7782 toolchain (Eclipse, arm-elf-gcc, arm-elf-gdb), the debugging seems to be
7783 unstable. When single-stepping over large blocks of code, GDB and OpenOCD
7784 quit with an error message. Is there a stability issue with OpenOCD?
7785
7786 No, this is not a stability issue concerning OpenOCD. Most users have solved
7787 this issue by simply using a self-powered USB hub, which they connect their
7788 Amontec JTAGkey to. Apparently, some computers do not provide a USB power
7789 supply stable enough for the Amontec JTAGkey to be operated.
7790
7791 @b{Laptops running on battery have this problem too...}
7792
7793 @item @b{USB Power} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the
7794 following error messages: "Error: ft2232.c:201 ft2232_read(): FT_Read returned:
7795 4" and "Error: ft2232.c:365 ft2232_send_and_recv(): couldn't read from FT2232".
7796 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7797
7798 First of all, the reason might be the USB power supply. Try using a self-powered
7799 hub instead of a direct connection to your computer. Secondly, the error code 4
7800 corresponds to an FT_IO_ERROR, which means that the driver for the FTDI USB
7801 chip ran into some sort of error - this points us to a USB problem.
7802
7803 @item @b{GDB Disconnects} When using the Amontec JTAGkey, sometimes OpenOCD crashes with the following
7804 error message: "Error: gdb_server.c:101 gdb_get_char(): read: 10054".
7805 What does that mean and what might be the reason for this?
7806
7807 Error code 10054 corresponds to WSAECONNRESET, which means that the debugger (GDB)
7808 has closed the connection to OpenOCD. This might be a GDB issue.
7809
7810 @item @b{LPC2000 Flash} In the configuration file in the section where flash device configurations
7811 are described, there is a parameter for specifying the clock frequency
7812 for LPC2000 internal flash devices (e.g. @option{flash bank $_FLASHNAME lpc2000
7813 0x0 0x40000 0 0 $_TARGETNAME lpc2000_v1 14746 calc_checksum}), which must be
7814 specified in kilohertz. However, I do have a quartz crystal of a
7815 frequency that contains fractions of kilohertz (e.g. 14,745,600 Hz,
7816 i.e. 14,745.600 kHz). Is it possible to specify real numbers for the
7817 clock frequency?
7818
7819 No. The clock frequency specified here must be given as an integral number.
7820 However, this clock frequency is used by the In-Application-Programming (IAP)
7821 routines of the LPC2000 family only, which seems to be very tolerant concerning
7822 the given clock frequency, so a slight difference between the specified clock
7823 frequency and the actual clock frequency will not cause any trouble.
7824
7825 @item @b{Command Order} Do I have to keep a specific order for the commands in the configuration file?
7826
7827 Well, yes and no. Commands can be given in arbitrary order, yet the
7828 devices listed for the JTAG scan chain must be given in the right
7829 order (jtag newdevice), with the device closest to the TDO-Pin being
7830 listed first. In general, whenever objects of the same type exist
7831 which require an index number, then these objects must be given in the
7832 right order (jtag newtap, targets and flash banks - a target
7833 references a jtag newtap and a flash bank references a target).
7834
7835 You can use the ``scan_chain'' command to verify and display the tap order.
7836
7837 Also, some commands can't execute until after @command{init} has been
7838 processed. Such commands include @command{nand probe} and everything
7839 else that needs to write to controller registers, perhaps for setting
7840 up DRAM and loading it with code.
7841
7842 @anchor{FAQ TAP Order}
7843 @item @b{JTAG TAP Order} Do I have to declare the TAPS in some
7844 particular order?
7845
7846 Yes; whenever you have more than one, you must declare them in
7847 the same order used by the hardware.
7848
7849 Many newer devices have multiple JTAG TAPs. For example: ST
7850 Microsystems STM32 chips have two TAPs, a ``boundary scan TAP'' and
7851 ``Cortex-M3'' TAP. Example: The STM32 reference manual, Document ID:
7852 RM0008, Section 26.5, Figure 259, page 651/681, the ``TDI'' pin is
7853 connected to the boundary scan TAP, which then connects to the
7854 Cortex-M3 TAP, which then connects to the TDO pin.
7855
7856 Thus, the proper order for the STM32 chip is: (1) The Cortex-M3, then
7857 (2) The boundary scan TAP. If your board includes an additional JTAG
7858 chip in the scan chain (for example a Xilinx CPLD or FPGA) you could
7859 place it before or after the STM32 chip in the chain. For example:
7860
7861 @itemize @bullet
7862 @item OpenOCD_TDI(output) -> STM32 TDI Pin (BS Input)
7863 @item STM32 BS TDO (output) -> STM32 Cortex-M3 TDI (input)
7864 @item STM32 Cortex-M3 TDO (output) -> SM32 TDO Pin
7865 @item STM32 TDO Pin (output) -> Xilinx TDI Pin (input)
7866 @item Xilinx TDO Pin -> OpenOCD TDO (input)
7867 @end itemize
7868
7869 The ``jtag device'' commands would thus be in the order shown below. Note:
7870
7871 @itemize @bullet
7872 @item jtag newtap Xilinx tap -irlen ...
7873 @item jtag newtap stm32 cpu -irlen ...
7874 @item jtag newtap stm32 bs -irlen ...
7875 @item # Create the debug target and say where it is
7876 @item target create stm32.cpu -chain-position stm32.cpu ...
7877 @end itemize
7878
7879
7880 @item @b{SYSCOMP} Sometimes my debugging session terminates with an error. When I look into the
7881 log file, I can see these error messages: Error: arm7_9_common.c:561
7882 arm7_9_execute_sys_speed(): timeout waiting for SYSCOMP
7883
7884 TODO.
7885
7886 @end enumerate
7887
7888 @node Tcl Crash Course
7889 @chapter Tcl Crash Course
7890 @cindex Tcl
7891
7892 Not everyone knows Tcl - this is not intended to be a replacement for
7893 learning Tcl, the intent of this chapter is to give you some idea of
7894 how the Tcl scripts work.
7895
7896 This chapter is written with two audiences in mind. (1) OpenOCD users
7897 who need to understand a bit more of how Jim-Tcl works so they can do
7898 something useful, and (2) those that want to add a new command to
7899 OpenOCD.
7900
7901 @section Tcl Rule #1
7902 There is a famous joke, it goes like this:
7903 @enumerate
7904 @item Rule #1: The wife is always correct
7905 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7906 @end enumerate
7907
7908 The Tcl equal is this:
7909
7910 @enumerate
7911 @item Rule #1: Everything is a string
7912 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7913 @end enumerate
7914
7915 As in the famous joke, the consequences of Rule #1 are profound. Once
7916 you understand Rule #1, you will understand Tcl.
7917
7918 @section Tcl Rule #1b
7919 There is a second pair of rules.
7920 @enumerate
7921 @item Rule #1: Control flow does not exist. Only commands
7922 @* For example: the classic FOR loop or IF statement is not a control
7923 flow item, they are commands, there is no such thing as control flow
7924 in Tcl.
7925 @item Rule #2: If you think otherwise, See Rule #1
7926 @* Actually what happens is this: There are commands that by
7927 convention, act like control flow key words in other languages. One of
7928 those commands is the word ``for'', another command is ``if''.
7929 @end enumerate
7930
7931 @section Per Rule #1 - All Results are strings
7932 Every Tcl command results in a string. The word ``result'' is used
7933 deliberatly. No result is just an empty string. Remember: @i{Rule #1 -
7934 Everything is a string}
7935
7936 @section Tcl Quoting Operators
7937 In life of a Tcl script, there are two important periods of time, the
7938 difference is subtle.
7939 @enumerate
7940 @item Parse Time
7941 @item Evaluation Time
7942 @end enumerate
7943
7944 The two key items here are how ``quoted things'' work in Tcl. Tcl has
7945 three primary quoting constructs, the [square-brackets] the
7946 @{curly-braces@} and ``double-quotes''
7947
7948 By now you should know $VARIABLES always start with a $DOLLAR
7949 sign. BTW: To set a variable, you actually use the command ``set'', as
7950 in ``set VARNAME VALUE'' much like the ancient BASIC langauge ``let x
7951 = 1'' statement, but without the equal sign.
7952
7953 @itemize @bullet
7954 @item @b{[square-brackets]}
7955 @* @b{[square-brackets]} are command substitutions. It operates much
7956 like Unix Shell `back-ticks`. The result of a [square-bracket]
7957 operation is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything is a
7958 string}. These two statements are roughly identical:
7959 @example
7960 # bash example
7961 X=`date`
7962 echo "The Date is: $X"
7963 # Tcl example
7964 set X [date]
7965 puts "The Date is: $X"
7966 @end example
7967 @item @b{``double-quoted-things''}
7968 @* @b{``double-quoted-things''} are just simply quoted
7969 text. $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are expanded in place - the
7970 result however is exactly 1 string. @i{Remember Rule #1 - Everything
7971 is a string}
7972 @example
7973 set x "Dinner"
7974 puts "It is now \"[date]\", $x is in 1 hour"
7975 @end example
7976 @item @b{@{Curly-Braces@}}
7977 @*@b{@{Curly-Braces@}} are magic: $VARIABLES and [square-brackets] are
7978 parsed, but are NOT expanded or executed. @{Curly-Braces@} are like
7979 'single-quote' operators in BASH shell scripts, with the added
7980 feature: @{curly-braces@} can be nested, single quotes can not. @{@{@{this is
7981 nested 3 times@}@}@} NOTE: [date] is a bad example;
7982 at this writing, Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command.
7983 @end itemize
7984
7985 @section Consequences of Rule 1/2/3/4
7986
7987 The consequences of Rule 1 are profound.
7988
7989 @subsection Tokenisation & Execution.
7990
7991 Of course, whitespace, blank lines and #comment lines are handled in
7992 the normal way.
7993
7994 As a script is parsed, each (multi) line in the script file is
7995 tokenised and according to the quoting rules. After tokenisation, that
7996 line is immedatly executed.
7997
7998 Multi line statements end with one or more ``still-open''
7999 @{curly-braces@} which - eventually - closes a few lines later.
8000
8001 @subsection Command Execution
8002
8003 Remember earlier: There are no ``control flow''
8004 statements in Tcl. Instead there are COMMANDS that simply act like
8005 control flow operators.
8006
8007 Commands are executed like this:
8008
8009 @enumerate
8010 @item Parse the next line into (argc) and (argv[]).
8011 @item Look up (argv[0]) in a table and call its function.
8012 @item Repeat until End Of File.
8013 @end enumerate
8014
8015 It sort of works like this:
8016 @example
8017 for(;;)@{
8018 ReadAndParse( &argc, &argv );
8019
8020 cmdPtr = LookupCommand( argv[0] );
8021
8022 (*cmdPtr->Execute)( argc, argv );
8023 @}
8024 @end example
8025
8026 When the command ``proc'' is parsed (which creates a procedure
8027 function) it gets 3 parameters on the command line. @b{1} the name of
8028 the proc (function), @b{2} the list of parameters, and @b{3} the body
8029 of the function. Not the choice of words: LIST and BODY. The PROC
8030 command stores these items in a table somewhere so it can be found by
8031 ``LookupCommand()''
8032
8033 @subsection The FOR command
8034
8035 The most interesting command to look at is the FOR command. In Tcl,
8036 the FOR command is normally implemented in C. Remember, FOR is a
8037 command just like any other command.
8038
8039 When the ascii text containing the FOR command is parsed, the parser
8040 produces 5 parameter strings, @i{(If in doubt: Refer to Rule #1)} they
8041 are:
8042
8043 @enumerate 0
8044 @item The ascii text 'for'
8045 @item The start text
8046 @item The test expression
8047 @item The next text
8048 @item The body text
8049 @end enumerate
8050
8051 Sort of reminds you of ``main( int argc, char **argv )'' does it not?
8052 Remember @i{Rule #1 - Everything is a string.} The key point is this:
8053 Often many of those parameters are in @{curly-braces@} - thus the
8054 variables inside are not expanded or replaced until later.
8055
8056 Remember that every Tcl command looks like the classic ``main( argc,
8057 argv )'' function in C. In JimTCL - they actually look like this:
8058
8059 @example
8060 int
8061 MyCommand( Jim_Interp *interp,
8062 int *argc,
8063 Jim_Obj * const *argvs );
8064 @end example
8065
8066 Real Tcl is nearly identical. Although the newer versions have
8067 introduced a byte-code parser and intepreter, but at the core, it
8068 still operates in the same basic way.
8069
8070 @subsection FOR command implementation
8071
8072 To understand Tcl it is perhaps most helpful to see the FOR
8073 command. Remember, it is a COMMAND not a control flow structure.
8074
8075 In Tcl there are two underlying C helper functions.
8076
8077 Remember Rule #1 - You are a string.
8078
8079 The @b{first} helper parses and executes commands found in an ascii
8080 string. Commands can be seperated by semicolons, or newlines. While
8081 parsing, variables are expanded via the quoting rules.
8082
8083 The @b{second} helper evaluates an ascii string as a numerical
8084 expression and returns a value.
8085
8086 Here is an example of how the @b{FOR} command could be
8087 implemented. The pseudo code below does not show error handling.
8088 @example
8089 void Execute_AsciiString( void *interp, const char *string );
8090
8091 int Evaluate_AsciiExpression( void *interp, const char *string );
8092
8093 int
8094 MyForCommand( void *interp,
8095 int argc,
8096 char **argv )
8097 @{
8098 if( argc != 5 )@{
8099 SetResult( interp, "WRONG number of parameters");
8100 return ERROR;
8101 @}
8102
8103 // argv[0] = the ascii string just like C
8104
8105 // Execute the start statement.
8106 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[1] );
8107
8108 // Top of loop test
8109 for(;;)@{
8110 i = Evaluate_AsciiExpression(interp, argv[2]);
8111 if( i == 0 )
8112 break;
8113
8114 // Execute the body
8115 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[3] );
8116
8117 // Execute the LOOP part
8118 Execute_AsciiString( interp, argv[4] );
8119 @}
8120
8121 // Return no error
8122 SetResult( interp, "" );
8123 return SUCCESS;
8124 @}
8125 @end example
8126
8127 Every other command IF, WHILE, FORMAT, PUTS, EXPR, everything works
8128 in the same basic way.
8129
8130 @section OpenOCD Tcl Usage
8131
8132 @subsection source and find commands
8133 @b{Where:} In many configuration files
8134 @* Example: @b{ source [find FILENAME] }
8135 @*Remember the parsing rules
8136 @enumerate
8137 @item The @command{find} command is in square brackets,
8138 and is executed with the parameter FILENAME. It should find and return
8139 the full path to a file with that name; it uses an internal search path.
8140 The RESULT is a string, which is substituted into the command line in
8141 place of the bracketed @command{find} command.
8142 (Don't try to use a FILENAME which includes the "#" character.
8143 That character begins Tcl comments.)
8144 @item The @command{source} command is executed with the resulting filename;
8145 it reads a file and executes as a script.
8146 @end enumerate
8147 @subsection format command
8148 @b{Where:} Generally occurs in numerous places.
8149 @* Tcl has no command like @b{printf()}, instead it has @b{format}, which is really more like
8150 @b{sprintf()}.
8151 @b{Example}
8152 @example
8153 set x 6
8154 set y 7
8155 puts [format "The answer: %d" [expr $x * $y]]
8156 @end example
8157 @enumerate
8158 @item The SET command creates 2 variables, X and Y.
8159 @item The double [nested] EXPR command performs math
8160 @* The EXPR command produces numerical result as a string.
8161 @* Refer to Rule #1
8162 @item The format command is executed, producing a single string
8163 @* Refer to Rule #1.
8164 @item The PUTS command outputs the text.
8165 @end enumerate
8166 @subsection Body or Inlined Text
8167 @b{Where:} Various TARGET scripts.
8168 @example
8169 #1 Good
8170 proc someproc @{@} @{
8171 ... multiple lines of stuff ...
8172 @}
8173 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO someproc
8174 #2 Good - no variables
8175 $_TARGETNAME confgure -event foo "this ; that;"
8176 #3 Good Curly Braces
8177 $_TARGETNAME configure -event FOO @{
8178 puts "Time: [date]"
8179 @}
8180 #4 DANGER DANGER DANGER
8181 $_TARGETNAME configure -event foo "puts \"Time: [date]\""
8182 @end example
8183 @enumerate
8184 @item The $_TARGETNAME is an OpenOCD variable convention.
8185 @*@b{$_TARGETNAME} represents the last target created, the value changes
8186 each time a new target is created. Remember the parsing rules. When
8187 the ascii text is parsed, the @b{$_TARGETNAME} becomes a simple string,
8188 the name of the target which happens to be a TARGET (object)
8189 command.
8190 @item The 2nd parameter to the @option{-event} parameter is a TCBODY
8191 @*There are 4 examples:
8192 @enumerate
8193 @item The TCLBODY is a simple string that happens to be a proc name
8194 @item The TCLBODY is several simple commands seperated by semicolons
8195 @item The TCLBODY is a multi-line @{curly-brace@} quoted string
8196 @item The TCLBODY is a string with variables that get expanded.
8197 @end enumerate
8198
8199 In the end, when the target event FOO occurs the TCLBODY is
8200 evaluated. Method @b{#1} and @b{#2} are functionally identical. For
8201 Method @b{#3} and @b{#4} it is more interesting. What is the TCLBODY?
8202
8203 Remember the parsing rules. In case #3, @{curly-braces@} mean the
8204 $VARS and [square-brackets] are expanded later, when the EVENT occurs,
8205 and the text is evaluated. In case #4, they are replaced before the
8206 ``Target Object Command'' is executed. This occurs at the same time
8207 $_TARGETNAME is replaced. In case #4 the date will never
8208 change. @{BTW: [date] is a bad example; at this writing,
8209 Jim/OpenOCD does not have a date command@}
8210 @end enumerate
8211 @subsection Global Variables
8212 @b{Where:} You might discover this when writing your own procs @* In
8213 simple terms: Inside a PROC, if you need to access a global variable
8214 you must say so. See also ``upvar''. Example:
8215 @example
8216 proc myproc @{ @} @{
8217 set y 0 #Local variable Y
8218 global x #Global variable X
8219 puts [format "X=%d, Y=%d" $x $y]
8220 @}
8221 @end example
8222 @section Other Tcl Hacks
8223 @b{Dynamic variable creation}
8224 @example
8225 # Dynamically create a bunch of variables.
8226 for @{ set x 0 @} @{ $x < 32 @} @{ set x [expr $x + 1]@} @{
8227 # Create var name
8228 set vn [format "BIT%d" $x]
8229 # Make it a global
8230 global $vn
8231 # Set it.
8232 set $vn [expr (1 << $x)]
8233 @}
8234 @end example
8235 @b{Dynamic proc/command creation}
8236 @example
8237 # One "X" function - 5 uart functions.
8238 foreach who @{A B C D E@}
8239 proc [format "show_uart%c" $who] @{ @} "show_UARTx $who"
8240 @}
8241 @end example
8242
8243 @include fdl.texi
8244
8245 @node OpenOCD Concept Index
8246 @comment DO NOT use the plain word ``Index'', reason: CYGWIN filename
8247 @comment case issue with ``Index.html'' and ``index.html''
8248 @comment Occurs when creating ``--html --no-split'' output
8249 @comment This fix is based on: http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2006-05/msg00215.html
8250 @unnumbered OpenOCD Concept Index
8251
8252 @printindex cp
8253
8254 @node Command and Driver Index
8255 @unnumbered Command and Driver Index
8256 @printindex fn
8257
8258 @bye

Linking to existing account procedure

If you already have an account and want to add another login method you MUST first sign in with your existing account and then change URL to read https://review.openocd.org/login/?link to get to this page again but this time it'll work for linking. Thank you.

SSH host keys fingerprints

1024 SHA256:YKx8b7u5ZWdcbp7/4AeXNaqElP49m6QrwfXaqQGJAOk gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (DSA)
384 SHA256:jHIbSQa4REvwCFG4cq5LBlBLxmxSqelQPem/EXIrxjk gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
521 SHA256:UAOPYkU9Fjtcao0Ul/Rrlnj/OsQvt+pgdYSZ4jOYdgs gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:A13M5QlnozFOvTllybRZH6vm7iSt0XLxbA48yfc2yfY gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ECDSA)
256 SHA256:spYMBqEYoAOtK7yZBrcwE8ZpYt6b68Cfh9yEVetvbXg gerrit-code-review@openocd.org (ED25519)
+--[ED25519 256]--+
|=..              |
|+o..   .         |
|*.o   . .        |
|+B . . .         |
|Bo. = o S        |
|Oo.+ + =         |
|oB=.* = . o      |
| =+=.+   + E     |
|. .=o   . o      |
+----[SHA256]-----+
2048 SHA256:0Onrb7/PHjpo6iVZ7xQX2riKN83FJ3KGU0TvI0TaFG4 gerrit-code-review@openocd.zylin.com (RSA)